1 | /** @file
|
---|
2 | *
|
---|
3 | * VBox frontends: Qt GUI ("VirtualBox"):
|
---|
4 | * VBoxGlobal class implementation
|
---|
5 | */
|
---|
6 |
|
---|
7 | /*
|
---|
8 | * Copyright (C) 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
---|
9 | *
|
---|
10 | * This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
|
---|
11 | * available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
|
---|
12 | * you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
13 | * General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
|
---|
14 | * Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
15 | * VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
|
---|
16 | * hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
|
---|
17 | *
|
---|
18 | * Please contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa
|
---|
19 | * Clara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need
|
---|
20 | * additional information or have any questions.
|
---|
21 | */
|
---|
22 |
|
---|
23 | #include "VBoxGlobal.h"
|
---|
24 | #include <VBox/VBoxHDD-new.h>
|
---|
25 |
|
---|
26 | #include "VBoxDefs.h"
|
---|
27 | #include "VBoxSelectorWnd.h"
|
---|
28 | #include "VBoxConsoleWnd.h"
|
---|
29 | #include "VBoxProblemReporter.h"
|
---|
30 | #include "QIHotKeyEdit.h"
|
---|
31 | #include "QIMessageBox.h"
|
---|
32 | #include "QIDialogButtonBox.h"
|
---|
33 |
|
---|
34 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_REGISTRATION
|
---|
35 | #include "VBoxRegistrationDlg.h"
|
---|
36 | #endif
|
---|
37 | #include "VBoxUpdateDlg.h"
|
---|
38 |
|
---|
39 | /* Qt includes */
|
---|
40 | #include <QLibraryInfo>
|
---|
41 | #include <QFileDialog>
|
---|
42 | #include <QToolTip>
|
---|
43 | #include <QTranslator>
|
---|
44 | #include <QDesktopWidget>
|
---|
45 | #include <QMutex>
|
---|
46 | #include <QToolButton>
|
---|
47 | #include <QProcess>
|
---|
48 | #include <QThread>
|
---|
49 | #include <QPainter>
|
---|
50 |
|
---|
51 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
52 | #ifndef VBOX_OSE
|
---|
53 | # include "VBoxLicenseViewer.h"
|
---|
54 | #endif /* VBOX_OSE */
|
---|
55 |
|
---|
56 | #include <QTextBrowser>
|
---|
57 | #include <QScrollBar>
|
---|
58 | #include <QX11Info>
|
---|
59 | #endif
|
---|
60 |
|
---|
61 |
|
---|
62 | #if defined (Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
63 | #include "VBoxUtils.h"
|
---|
64 | #include <Carbon/Carbon.h> // for HIToolbox/InternetConfig
|
---|
65 | #endif
|
---|
66 |
|
---|
67 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
68 | #include "shlobj.h"
|
---|
69 | #include <QEventLoop>
|
---|
70 | #endif
|
---|
71 |
|
---|
72 | #if defined (Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
73 | #undef BOOL /* typedef CARD8 BOOL in Xmd.h conflicts with #define BOOL PRBool
|
---|
74 | * in COMDefs.h. A better fix would be to isolate X11-specific
|
---|
75 | * stuff by placing XX* helpers below to a separate source file. */
|
---|
76 | #include <X11/X.h>
|
---|
77 | #include <X11/Xmd.h>
|
---|
78 | #include <X11/Xlib.h>
|
---|
79 | #include <X11/Xatom.h>
|
---|
80 | #define BOOL PRBool
|
---|
81 | #endif
|
---|
82 |
|
---|
83 | #include <VBox/sup.h>
|
---|
84 |
|
---|
85 | #include <iprt/asm.h>
|
---|
86 | #include <iprt/err.h>
|
---|
87 | #include <iprt/param.h>
|
---|
88 | #include <iprt/path.h>
|
---|
89 | #include <iprt/env.h>
|
---|
90 | #include <iprt/file.h>
|
---|
91 | #include <iprt/ldr.h>
|
---|
92 |
|
---|
93 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
94 | #include <iprt/process.h>
|
---|
95 |
|
---|
96 | #if defined(RT_OS_WINDOWS) || defined(RT_OS_OS2)
|
---|
97 | #define HOSTSUFF_EXE ".exe"
|
---|
98 | #else /* !RT_OS_WINDOWS */
|
---|
99 | #define HOSTSUFF_EXE ""
|
---|
100 | #endif /* !RT_OS_WINDOWS */
|
---|
101 | #endif
|
---|
102 |
|
---|
103 | #if defined (Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
104 | #include <iprt/mem.h>
|
---|
105 | #endif
|
---|
106 |
|
---|
107 | //#warning "port me: check this"
|
---|
108 | /// @todo bird: Use (U)INT_PTR, (U)LONG_PTR, DWORD_PTR, or (u)intptr_t.
|
---|
109 | #if defined(Q_OS_WIN64)
|
---|
110 | typedef __int64 Q_LONG; /* word up to 64 bit signed */
|
---|
111 | typedef unsigned __int64 Q_ULONG; /* word up to 64 bit unsigned */
|
---|
112 | #else
|
---|
113 | typedef long Q_LONG; /* word up to 64 bit signed */
|
---|
114 | typedef unsigned long Q_ULONG; /* word up to 64 bit unsigned */
|
---|
115 | #endif
|
---|
116 |
|
---|
117 | // VBoxMedium
|
---|
118 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
119 |
|
---|
120 | void VBoxMedium::init()
|
---|
121 | {
|
---|
122 | AssertReturnVoid (!mMedium.isNull());
|
---|
123 |
|
---|
124 | switch (mType)
|
---|
125 | {
|
---|
126 | case VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk:
|
---|
127 | {
|
---|
128 | mHardDisk = mMedium;
|
---|
129 | AssertReturnVoid (!mHardDisk.isNull());
|
---|
130 | break;
|
---|
131 | }
|
---|
132 | case VBoxDefs::MediaType_DVD:
|
---|
133 | {
|
---|
134 | mDVDImage = mMedium;
|
---|
135 | AssertReturnVoid (!mDVDImage.isNull());
|
---|
136 | Assert (mParent == NULL);
|
---|
137 | break;
|
---|
138 | }
|
---|
139 | case VBoxDefs::MediaType_Floppy:
|
---|
140 | {
|
---|
141 | mFloppyImage = mMedium;
|
---|
142 | AssertReturnVoid (!mFloppyImage.isNull());
|
---|
143 | Assert (mParent == NULL);
|
---|
144 | break;
|
---|
145 | }
|
---|
146 | default:
|
---|
147 | AssertFailed();
|
---|
148 | }
|
---|
149 |
|
---|
150 | refresh();
|
---|
151 | }
|
---|
152 |
|
---|
153 | /**
|
---|
154 | * Queries the medium state. Call this and then read the state field instad
|
---|
155 | * of calling GetState() on medium directly as it will properly handle the
|
---|
156 | * situation when GetState() itself fails by setting state to Inaccessible
|
---|
157 | * and memorizing the error info describing why GetState() failed.
|
---|
158 | *
|
---|
159 | * As the last step, this method calls #refresh() to refresh all precomposed
|
---|
160 | * strings.
|
---|
161 | *
|
---|
162 | * @note This method blocks for the duration of the state check. Since this
|
---|
163 | * check may take quite a while (e.g. for a medium located on a
|
---|
164 | * network share), the calling thread must not be the UI thread. You
|
---|
165 | * have been warned.
|
---|
166 | */
|
---|
167 | void VBoxMedium::blockAndQueryState()
|
---|
168 | {
|
---|
169 | mState = mMedium.GetState();
|
---|
170 |
|
---|
171 | /* save the result to distinguish between inaccessible and e.g.
|
---|
172 | * uninitialized objects */
|
---|
173 | mResult = COMResult (mMedium);
|
---|
174 |
|
---|
175 | if (!mResult.isOk())
|
---|
176 | {
|
---|
177 | mState = KMediaState_Inaccessible;
|
---|
178 | mLastAccessError = QString::null;
|
---|
179 | }
|
---|
180 | else
|
---|
181 | mLastAccessError = mMedium.GetLastAccessError();
|
---|
182 |
|
---|
183 | refresh();
|
---|
184 | }
|
---|
185 |
|
---|
186 | /**
|
---|
187 | * Refreshes the precomposed strings containing such media parameters as
|
---|
188 | * location, size by querying the respective data from the associated
|
---|
189 | * media object.
|
---|
190 | *
|
---|
191 | * Note that some string such as #size() are meaningless if the media state is
|
---|
192 | * KMediaState_NotCreated (i.e. the medium has not yet been checked for
|
---|
193 | * accessibility).
|
---|
194 | */
|
---|
195 | void VBoxMedium::refresh()
|
---|
196 | {
|
---|
197 | mId = mMedium.GetId();
|
---|
198 | mLocation = mMedium.GetLocation();
|
---|
199 | mName = mMedium.GetName();
|
---|
200 |
|
---|
201 | if (mType == VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk)
|
---|
202 | {
|
---|
203 | /// @todo NEWMEDIA use CSystemProperties::GetHardDIskFormats to see if the
|
---|
204 | /// given hard disk format is a file
|
---|
205 | mLocation = QDir::toNativeSeparators (mLocation);
|
---|
206 | mHardDiskFormat = mHardDisk.GetFormat();
|
---|
207 | mHardDiskType = vboxGlobal().hardDiskTypeString (mHardDisk);
|
---|
208 |
|
---|
209 | mIsReadOnly = mHardDisk.GetReadOnly();
|
---|
210 |
|
---|
211 | /* adjust the parent if necessary (note that mParent must always point
|
---|
212 | * to an item from VBoxGlobal::currentMediaList()) */
|
---|
213 |
|
---|
214 | CHardDisk2 parent = mHardDisk.GetParent();
|
---|
215 | Assert (!parent.isNull() || mParent == NULL);
|
---|
216 |
|
---|
217 | if (!parent.isNull() &&
|
---|
218 | (mParent == NULL || mParent->mHardDisk != parent))
|
---|
219 | {
|
---|
220 | /* search for the parent (must be there) */
|
---|
221 | const VBoxMediaList &list = vboxGlobal().currentMediaList();
|
---|
222 | for (VBoxMediaList::const_iterator it = list.begin();
|
---|
223 | it != list.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
224 | {
|
---|
225 | if ((*it).mType != VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk)
|
---|
226 | break;
|
---|
227 |
|
---|
228 | if ((*it).mHardDisk == parent)
|
---|
229 | {
|
---|
230 | /* we unconst here because by the const list we don't mean
|
---|
231 | * const items */
|
---|
232 | mParent = unconst (&*it);
|
---|
233 | break;
|
---|
234 | }
|
---|
235 | }
|
---|
236 |
|
---|
237 | Assert (mParent != NULL && mParent->mHardDisk == parent);
|
---|
238 | }
|
---|
239 | }
|
---|
240 | else
|
---|
241 | {
|
---|
242 | mLocation = QDir::toNativeSeparators (mLocation);
|
---|
243 | mHardDiskFormat = QString::null;
|
---|
244 | mHardDiskType = QString::null;
|
---|
245 |
|
---|
246 | mIsReadOnly = false;
|
---|
247 | }
|
---|
248 |
|
---|
249 | if (mState != KMediaState_Inaccessible &&
|
---|
250 | mState != KMediaState_NotCreated)
|
---|
251 | {
|
---|
252 | mSize = vboxGlobal().formatSize (mMedium.GetSize());
|
---|
253 | if (mType == VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk)
|
---|
254 | mLogicalSize = vboxGlobal()
|
---|
255 | .formatSize (mHardDisk.GetLogicalSize() * _1M);
|
---|
256 | else
|
---|
257 | mLogicalSize = mSize;
|
---|
258 | }
|
---|
259 | else
|
---|
260 | {
|
---|
261 | mSize = mLogicalSize = QString ("--");
|
---|
262 | }
|
---|
263 |
|
---|
264 | /* detect usage */
|
---|
265 |
|
---|
266 | mUsage = QString::null; /* important: null means not used! */
|
---|
267 |
|
---|
268 | mCurStateMachineIds.clear();
|
---|
269 |
|
---|
270 | QVector <QUuid> machineIds = mMedium.GetMachineIds();
|
---|
271 | if (machineIds.size() > 0)
|
---|
272 | {
|
---|
273 | QString usage;
|
---|
274 |
|
---|
275 | CVirtualBox vbox = vboxGlobal().virtualBox();
|
---|
276 |
|
---|
277 | for (QVector <QUuid>::ConstIterator it = machineIds.begin();
|
---|
278 | it != machineIds.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
279 | {
|
---|
280 | CMachine machine = vbox.GetMachine (*it);
|
---|
281 |
|
---|
282 | QString name = machine.GetName();
|
---|
283 | QString snapshots;
|
---|
284 |
|
---|
285 | QVector <QUuid> snapIds = mMedium.GetSnapshotIds (*it);
|
---|
286 | for (QVector <QUuid>::ConstIterator jt = snapIds.begin();
|
---|
287 | jt != snapIds.end(); ++ jt)
|
---|
288 | {
|
---|
289 | if (*jt == *it)
|
---|
290 | {
|
---|
291 | /* the medium is attached to the machine in the current
|
---|
292 | * state, we don't distinguish this for now by always
|
---|
293 | * giving the VM name in front of snapshot names. */
|
---|
294 |
|
---|
295 | mCurStateMachineIds.push_back (*jt);
|
---|
296 | continue;
|
---|
297 | }
|
---|
298 |
|
---|
299 | CSnapshot snapshot = machine.GetSnapshot (*jt);
|
---|
300 | if (!snapshots.isNull())
|
---|
301 | snapshots += ", ";
|
---|
302 | snapshots += snapshot.GetName();
|
---|
303 | }
|
---|
304 |
|
---|
305 | if (!usage.isNull())
|
---|
306 | usage += ", ";
|
---|
307 |
|
---|
308 | usage += name;
|
---|
309 |
|
---|
310 | if (!snapshots.isNull())
|
---|
311 | {
|
---|
312 | usage += QString (" (%2)").arg (snapshots);
|
---|
313 | mIsUsedInSnapshots = true;
|
---|
314 | }
|
---|
315 | else
|
---|
316 | mIsUsedInSnapshots = false;
|
---|
317 | }
|
---|
318 |
|
---|
319 | Assert (!usage.isEmpty());
|
---|
320 | mUsage = usage;
|
---|
321 | }
|
---|
322 |
|
---|
323 | /* compose the tooltip (makes sense to keep the format in sync with
|
---|
324 | * VBoxMediaManagerDlg::languageChangeImp() and
|
---|
325 | * VBoxMediaManagerDlg::processCurrentChanged()) */
|
---|
326 |
|
---|
327 | mToolTip = QString ("<nobr><b>%1</b></nobr>").arg (mLocation);
|
---|
328 |
|
---|
329 | if (mType == VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk)
|
---|
330 | {
|
---|
331 | mToolTip += VBoxGlobal::tr (
|
---|
332 | "<br><nobr>Type (Format): %2 (%3)</nobr>",
|
---|
333 | "hard disk")
|
---|
334 | .arg (mHardDiskType)
|
---|
335 | .arg (mHardDiskFormat);
|
---|
336 | }
|
---|
337 |
|
---|
338 | mToolTip += VBoxGlobal::tr (
|
---|
339 | "<br><nobr>Attached to: %1</nobr>", "medium")
|
---|
340 | .arg (mUsage.isNull() ?
|
---|
341 | VBoxGlobal::tr ("<i>Not Attached</i>", "medium") :
|
---|
342 | mUsage);
|
---|
343 |
|
---|
344 | switch (mState)
|
---|
345 | {
|
---|
346 | case KMediaState_NotCreated:
|
---|
347 | {
|
---|
348 | mToolTip += VBoxGlobal::tr ("<br><i>Checking accessibility...</i>",
|
---|
349 | "medium");
|
---|
350 | break;
|
---|
351 | }
|
---|
352 | case KMediaState_Inaccessible:
|
---|
353 | {
|
---|
354 | if (mResult.isOk())
|
---|
355 | {
|
---|
356 | /* not accessibile */
|
---|
357 | mToolTip += QString ("<hr>%1").
|
---|
358 | arg (VBoxGlobal::highlight (mLastAccessError,
|
---|
359 | true /* aToolTip */));
|
---|
360 | }
|
---|
361 | else
|
---|
362 | {
|
---|
363 | /* accessibility check (eg GetState()) itself failed */
|
---|
364 | mToolTip = VBoxGlobal::tr (
|
---|
365 | "<hr>Failed to check media accessibility.<br>%1.",
|
---|
366 | "medium").
|
---|
367 | arg (VBoxProblemReporter::formatErrorInfo (mResult));
|
---|
368 | }
|
---|
369 | break;
|
---|
370 | }
|
---|
371 | default:
|
---|
372 | break;
|
---|
373 | }
|
---|
374 |
|
---|
375 | /* reset mNoDiffs */
|
---|
376 | mNoDiffs.isSet = false;
|
---|
377 | }
|
---|
378 |
|
---|
379 | /**
|
---|
380 | * Returns a root medium of this medium. For non-hard disk media, this is always
|
---|
381 | * this medium itself.
|
---|
382 | */
|
---|
383 | VBoxMedium &VBoxMedium::root() const
|
---|
384 | {
|
---|
385 | VBoxMedium *root = unconst (this);
|
---|
386 | while (root->mParent != NULL)
|
---|
387 | root = root->mParent;
|
---|
388 |
|
---|
389 | return *root;
|
---|
390 | }
|
---|
391 |
|
---|
392 | /**
|
---|
393 | * Returns a tooltip for this medium.
|
---|
394 | *
|
---|
395 | * In "don't show diffs" mode (where the attributes of the base hard disk are
|
---|
396 | * shown instead of the attributes of the differencing hard disk), extra
|
---|
397 | * information will be added to the tooltip to give the user a hint that the
|
---|
398 | * medium is actually a differencing hard disk.
|
---|
399 | *
|
---|
400 | * @param aNoDiffs @c true to enable user-friendly "don't show diffs" mode.
|
---|
401 | * @param aCheckRO @c true to perform the #readOnly() check and add a notice
|
---|
402 | * accordingly.
|
---|
403 | */
|
---|
404 | QString VBoxMedium::toolTip (bool aNoDiffs /*= false*/,
|
---|
405 | bool aCheckRO /*= false*/) const
|
---|
406 | {
|
---|
407 | unconst (this)->checkNoDiffs (aNoDiffs);
|
---|
408 |
|
---|
409 | QString tip = aNoDiffs ? mNoDiffs.toolTip : mToolTip;
|
---|
410 |
|
---|
411 | if (aCheckRO && mIsReadOnly)
|
---|
412 | tip += VBoxGlobal::tr (
|
---|
413 | "<hr><img src=%1/> Attaching this hard disk will "
|
---|
414 | "be performed indirectly using a newly created "
|
---|
415 | "differencing hard disk.",
|
---|
416 | "medium").
|
---|
417 | arg (":/new_16px.png");
|
---|
418 |
|
---|
419 | return tip;
|
---|
420 | }
|
---|
421 |
|
---|
422 | /**
|
---|
423 | * Returns an icon corresponding to the media state. Distinguishes between
|
---|
424 | * the Inaccessible state and the situation when querying the state itself
|
---|
425 | * failed.
|
---|
426 | *
|
---|
427 | * In "don't show diffs" mode (where the attributes of the base hard disk are
|
---|
428 | * shown instead of the attributes of the differencing hard disk), the most
|
---|
429 | * worst media state on the given hard disk chain will be used to select the
|
---|
430 | * media icon.
|
---|
431 | *
|
---|
432 | * @param aNoDiffs @c true to enable user-friendly "don't show diffs" mode.
|
---|
433 | * @param aCheckRO @c true to perform the #readOnly() check and change the icon
|
---|
434 | * accordingly.
|
---|
435 | */
|
---|
436 | QPixmap VBoxMedium::icon (bool aNoDiffs /*= false*/,
|
---|
437 | bool aCheckRO /*= false*/) const
|
---|
438 | {
|
---|
439 | QPixmap icon;
|
---|
440 |
|
---|
441 | if (state (aNoDiffs) == KMediaState_Inaccessible)
|
---|
442 | icon = result (aNoDiffs).isOk() ?
|
---|
443 | vboxGlobal().warningIcon() : vboxGlobal().errorIcon();
|
---|
444 |
|
---|
445 | if (aCheckRO && mIsReadOnly)
|
---|
446 | icon = VBoxGlobal::
|
---|
447 | joinPixmaps (icon, QPixmap (":/new_16px.png"));
|
---|
448 |
|
---|
449 | return icon;
|
---|
450 | }
|
---|
451 |
|
---|
452 | /**
|
---|
453 | * Returns the details of this medium as a single-line string
|
---|
454 | *
|
---|
455 | * For hard disks, the details include the location, type and the logical size
|
---|
456 | * of the hard disk. Note that if @a aNoDiffs is @c true, these properties are
|
---|
457 | * queried on the root hard disk of the given hard disk because the primary
|
---|
458 | * purpose of the returned string is to be human readabile (so that seeing a
|
---|
459 | * complex diff hard disk name is usually not desirable).
|
---|
460 | *
|
---|
461 | * For other media types, the location and the actual size are returned.
|
---|
462 | * Arguments @a aPredictDiff and @a aNoRoot are ignored in this case.
|
---|
463 | *
|
---|
464 | * @param aNoDiffs @c true to enable user-friendly "don't show diffs" mode.
|
---|
465 | * @param aPredictDiff @c true to mark the hard disk as differencing if
|
---|
466 | * attaching it would create a differencing hard disk (not
|
---|
467 | * used when @a aNoRoot is true).
|
---|
468 | * @param aUseHTML @c true to allow for emphasizing using bold and italics.
|
---|
469 | *
|
---|
470 | * @note Use #detailsHTML() instead of passing @c true for @a aUseHTML.
|
---|
471 | *
|
---|
472 | * @note The media object may become uninitialized by a third party while this
|
---|
473 | * method is reading its properties. In this case, the method will return
|
---|
474 | * an empty string.
|
---|
475 | */
|
---|
476 | QString VBoxMedium::details (bool aNoDiffs /*= false*/,
|
---|
477 | bool aPredictDiff /*= false*/,
|
---|
478 | bool aUseHTML /*= false */) const
|
---|
479 | {
|
---|
480 | // @todo *** the below check is rough; if mMedium becomes uninitialized, any
|
---|
481 | // of getters called afterwards will also fail. The same relates to the
|
---|
482 | // root hard disk object (that will be the hard disk itself in case of
|
---|
483 | // non-differencing disks). However, this check was added to fix a
|
---|
484 | // particular use case: when the hard disk is a differencing hard disk and
|
---|
485 | // it happens to be discarded (and uninitialized) after this method is
|
---|
486 | // called but before we read all its properties (yes, it's possible!), the
|
---|
487 | // root object will be null and calling methods on it will assert in the
|
---|
488 | // debug builds. This check seems to be enough as a quick solution (fresh
|
---|
489 | // hard disk attachments will be re-read by a machine state change signal
|
---|
490 | // after the discard operation is finished, so the user will eventually see
|
---|
491 | // correct data), but in order to solve the problem properly we need to use
|
---|
492 | // exceptions everywhere (or check the result after every method call). See
|
---|
493 | // also Defect #2149.
|
---|
494 | if (!mMedium.isOk())
|
---|
495 | return QString::null;
|
---|
496 |
|
---|
497 | QString details, str;
|
---|
498 |
|
---|
499 | VBoxMedium *root = unconst (this);
|
---|
500 | KMediaState state = mState;
|
---|
501 |
|
---|
502 | if (mType == VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk)
|
---|
503 | {
|
---|
504 | if (aNoDiffs)
|
---|
505 | {
|
---|
506 | root = &this->root();
|
---|
507 |
|
---|
508 | bool isDiff =
|
---|
509 | (!aPredictDiff && mParent != NULL) ||
|
---|
510 | (aPredictDiff && mIsReadOnly);
|
---|
511 |
|
---|
512 | details = isDiff && aUseHTML ?
|
---|
513 | QString ("<i>%1</i>, ").arg (root->mHardDiskType) :
|
---|
514 | QString ("%1, ").arg (root->mHardDiskType);
|
---|
515 |
|
---|
516 | /* overall (worst) state */
|
---|
517 | state = this->state (true /* aNoDiffs */);
|
---|
518 |
|
---|
519 | /* we cannot get the logical size if the root is not checked yet */
|
---|
520 | if (root->mState == KMediaState_NotCreated)
|
---|
521 | state = KMediaState_NotCreated;
|
---|
522 | }
|
---|
523 | else
|
---|
524 | {
|
---|
525 | details = QString ("%1, ").arg (root->mHardDiskType);
|
---|
526 | }
|
---|
527 | }
|
---|
528 |
|
---|
529 | /// @todo prepend the details with the warning/error
|
---|
530 | // icon when not accessible
|
---|
531 |
|
---|
532 | switch (state)
|
---|
533 | {
|
---|
534 | case KMediaState_NotCreated:
|
---|
535 | str = VBoxGlobal::tr ("Checking...", "medium");
|
---|
536 | details += aUseHTML ? QString ("<i>%1</i>").arg (str) : str;
|
---|
537 | break;
|
---|
538 | case KMediaState_Inaccessible:
|
---|
539 | str = VBoxGlobal::tr ("Inaccessible", "medium");
|
---|
540 | details += aUseHTML ? QString ("<b>%1</b>").arg (str) : str;
|
---|
541 | break;
|
---|
542 | default:
|
---|
543 | details += mType == VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk ?
|
---|
544 | root->mLogicalSize : root->mSize;
|
---|
545 | break;
|
---|
546 | }
|
---|
547 |
|
---|
548 | details = aUseHTML ?
|
---|
549 | QString ("%1 (<nobr>%2</nobr>)").
|
---|
550 | arg (VBoxGlobal::locationForHTML (root->mName), details) :
|
---|
551 | QString ("%1 (%2)").
|
---|
552 | arg (VBoxGlobal::locationForHTML (root->mName), details);
|
---|
553 |
|
---|
554 | return details;
|
---|
555 | }
|
---|
556 |
|
---|
557 | /**
|
---|
558 | * Checks if mNoDiffs is filled in and does it if not.
|
---|
559 | *
|
---|
560 | * @param aNoDiffs @if false, this method immediately returns.
|
---|
561 | */
|
---|
562 | void VBoxMedium::checkNoDiffs (bool aNoDiffs)
|
---|
563 | {
|
---|
564 | if (!aNoDiffs || mNoDiffs.isSet)
|
---|
565 | return;
|
---|
566 |
|
---|
567 | /* fill mNoDiffs */
|
---|
568 |
|
---|
569 | mNoDiffs.toolTip = QString::null;
|
---|
570 |
|
---|
571 | /* detect the overall (worst) state of the given hard disk chain */
|
---|
572 | mNoDiffs.state = mState;
|
---|
573 | for (VBoxMedium *cur = mParent; cur != NULL;
|
---|
574 | cur = cur->mParent)
|
---|
575 | {
|
---|
576 | if (cur->mState == KMediaState_Inaccessible)
|
---|
577 | {
|
---|
578 | mNoDiffs.state = cur->mState;
|
---|
579 |
|
---|
580 | if (mNoDiffs.toolTip.isNull())
|
---|
581 | mNoDiffs.toolTip = VBoxGlobal::tr (
|
---|
582 | "<hr>Some of the media in this hard disk chain are "
|
---|
583 | "inaccessible. Please use the Virtual Media Manager "
|
---|
584 | "in <b>Show Differencing Hard Disks</b> mode to inspect "
|
---|
585 | "these media.");
|
---|
586 |
|
---|
587 | if (!cur->mResult.isOk())
|
---|
588 | {
|
---|
589 | mNoDiffs.result = cur->mResult;
|
---|
590 | break;
|
---|
591 | }
|
---|
592 |
|
---|
593 | /* comtinue looking for another !cur->mResult.isOk() */
|
---|
594 | }
|
---|
595 | }
|
---|
596 |
|
---|
597 | if (mParent != NULL && !mIsReadOnly)
|
---|
598 | {
|
---|
599 | mNoDiffs.toolTip = VBoxGlobal::tr (
|
---|
600 | "%1"
|
---|
601 | "<hr>This base hard disk is indirectly attached using the "
|
---|
602 | "following differencing hard disk:<br>"
|
---|
603 | "%2%3").
|
---|
604 | arg (root().toolTip(), mToolTip, mNoDiffs.toolTip);
|
---|
605 | }
|
---|
606 |
|
---|
607 | if (mNoDiffs.toolTip.isNull())
|
---|
608 | mNoDiffs.toolTip = mToolTip;
|
---|
609 |
|
---|
610 | mNoDiffs.isSet = true;
|
---|
611 | }
|
---|
612 |
|
---|
613 | // VBoxMediaEnumEvent
|
---|
614 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
615 |
|
---|
616 | class VBoxMediaEnumEvent : public QEvent
|
---|
617 | {
|
---|
618 | public:
|
---|
619 |
|
---|
620 | /** Constructs a regular enum event */
|
---|
621 | VBoxMediaEnumEvent (const VBoxMedium &aMedium,
|
---|
622 | VBoxMediaList::iterator &aIterator)
|
---|
623 | : QEvent ((QEvent::Type) VBoxDefs::MediaEnumEventType)
|
---|
624 | , mMedium (aMedium), mIterator (aIterator), mLast (false)
|
---|
625 | {}
|
---|
626 | /** Constructs the last enum event */
|
---|
627 | VBoxMediaEnumEvent (VBoxMediaList::iterator &aIterator)
|
---|
628 | : QEvent ((QEvent::Type) VBoxDefs::MediaEnumEventType)
|
---|
629 | , mIterator (aIterator), mLast (true)
|
---|
630 | {}
|
---|
631 |
|
---|
632 | /** Last enumerated medium (not valid when #last is true) */
|
---|
633 | const VBoxMedium mMedium;
|
---|
634 | /** Opaque iterator provided by the event sender (guaranteed to be
|
---|
635 | * the same variable for all media in the single enumeration procedure) */
|
---|
636 | VBoxMediaList::iterator &mIterator;
|
---|
637 | /** Whether this is the last event for the given enumeration or not */
|
---|
638 | const bool mLast;
|
---|
639 | };
|
---|
640 |
|
---|
641 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
642 | class VBoxShellExecuteEvent : public QEvent
|
---|
643 | {
|
---|
644 | public:
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 | /** Constructs a regular enum event */
|
---|
647 | VBoxShellExecuteEvent (QThread *aThread, const QString &aURL,
|
---|
648 | bool aOk)
|
---|
649 | : QEvent ((QEvent::Type) VBoxDefs::ShellExecuteEventType)
|
---|
650 | , mThread (aThread), mURL (aURL), mOk (aOk)
|
---|
651 | {}
|
---|
652 |
|
---|
653 | QThread *mThread;
|
---|
654 | QString mURL;
|
---|
655 | bool mOk;
|
---|
656 | };
|
---|
657 | #endif
|
---|
658 |
|
---|
659 | // VirtualBox callback class
|
---|
660 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
661 |
|
---|
662 | class VBoxCallback : public IVirtualBoxCallback
|
---|
663 | {
|
---|
664 | public:
|
---|
665 |
|
---|
666 | VBoxCallback (VBoxGlobal &aGlobal)
|
---|
667 | : mGlobal (aGlobal)
|
---|
668 | , mIsRegDlgOwner (false)
|
---|
669 | , mIsUpdDlgOwner (false)
|
---|
670 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
671 | , mIsTrayIconOwner (false)
|
---|
672 | #endif
|
---|
673 | {
|
---|
674 | #if defined (Q_OS_WIN32)
|
---|
675 | refcnt = 0;
|
---|
676 | #endif
|
---|
677 | }
|
---|
678 |
|
---|
679 | virtual ~VBoxCallback() {}
|
---|
680 |
|
---|
681 | NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
|
---|
682 |
|
---|
683 | #if defined (Q_OS_WIN32)
|
---|
684 | STDMETHOD_(ULONG, AddRef)()
|
---|
685 | {
|
---|
686 | return ::InterlockedIncrement (&refcnt);
|
---|
687 | }
|
---|
688 | STDMETHOD_(ULONG, Release)()
|
---|
689 | {
|
---|
690 | long cnt = ::InterlockedDecrement (&refcnt);
|
---|
691 | if (cnt == 0)
|
---|
692 | delete this;
|
---|
693 | return cnt;
|
---|
694 | }
|
---|
695 | STDMETHOD(QueryInterface) (REFIID riid , void **ppObj)
|
---|
696 | {
|
---|
697 | if (riid == IID_IUnknown) {
|
---|
698 | *ppObj = this;
|
---|
699 | AddRef();
|
---|
700 | return S_OK;
|
---|
701 | }
|
---|
702 | if (riid == IID_IVirtualBoxCallback) {
|
---|
703 | *ppObj = this;
|
---|
704 | AddRef();
|
---|
705 | return S_OK;
|
---|
706 | }
|
---|
707 | *ppObj = NULL;
|
---|
708 | return E_NOINTERFACE;
|
---|
709 | }
|
---|
710 | #endif
|
---|
711 |
|
---|
712 | // IVirtualBoxCallback methods
|
---|
713 |
|
---|
714 | // Note: we need to post custom events to the GUI event queue
|
---|
715 | // instead of doing what we need directly from here because on Win32
|
---|
716 | // these callback methods are never called on the main GUI thread.
|
---|
717 | // Another reason to handle events asynchronously is that internally
|
---|
718 | // most callback interface methods are called from under the initiator
|
---|
719 | // object's lock, so accessing the initiator object (for example, reading
|
---|
720 | // some property) directly from the callback method will definitely cause
|
---|
721 | // a deadlock.
|
---|
722 |
|
---|
723 | STDMETHOD(OnMachineStateChange) (IN_GUID id, MachineState_T state)
|
---|
724 | {
|
---|
725 | postEvent (new VBoxMachineStateChangeEvent (COMBase::ToQUuid (id),
|
---|
726 | (KMachineState) state));
|
---|
727 | return S_OK;
|
---|
728 | }
|
---|
729 |
|
---|
730 | STDMETHOD(OnMachineDataChange) (IN_GUID id)
|
---|
731 | {
|
---|
732 | postEvent (new VBoxMachineDataChangeEvent (COMBase::ToQUuid (id)));
|
---|
733 | return S_OK;
|
---|
734 | }
|
---|
735 |
|
---|
736 | STDMETHOD(OnExtraDataCanChange)(IN_GUID id,
|
---|
737 | IN_BSTR key, IN_BSTR value,
|
---|
738 | BSTR *error, BOOL *allowChange)
|
---|
739 | {
|
---|
740 | if (!error || !allowChange)
|
---|
741 | return E_INVALIDARG;
|
---|
742 |
|
---|
743 | if (COMBase::ToQUuid (id).isNull())
|
---|
744 | {
|
---|
745 | /* it's a global extra data key someone wants to change */
|
---|
746 | QString sKey = QString::fromUtf16 (key);
|
---|
747 | QString sVal = QString::fromUtf16 (value);
|
---|
748 | if (sKey.startsWith ("GUI/"))
|
---|
749 | {
|
---|
750 | if (sKey == VBoxDefs::GUI_RegistrationDlgWinID)
|
---|
751 | {
|
---|
752 | if (mIsRegDlgOwner)
|
---|
753 | {
|
---|
754 | if (sVal.isEmpty() ||
|
---|
755 | sVal == QString ("%1")
|
---|
756 | .arg ((qulonglong) vboxGlobal().mainWindow()->winId()))
|
---|
757 | *allowChange = TRUE;
|
---|
758 | else
|
---|
759 | *allowChange = FALSE;
|
---|
760 | }
|
---|
761 | else
|
---|
762 | *allowChange = TRUE;
|
---|
763 | return S_OK;
|
---|
764 | }
|
---|
765 |
|
---|
766 | if (sKey == VBoxDefs::GUI_UpdateDlgWinID)
|
---|
767 | {
|
---|
768 | if (mIsUpdDlgOwner)
|
---|
769 | {
|
---|
770 | if (sVal.isEmpty() ||
|
---|
771 | sVal == QString ("%1")
|
---|
772 | .arg ((qulonglong) vboxGlobal().mainWindow()->winId()))
|
---|
773 | *allowChange = TRUE;
|
---|
774 | else
|
---|
775 | *allowChange = FALSE;
|
---|
776 | }
|
---|
777 | else
|
---|
778 | *allowChange = TRUE;
|
---|
779 | return S_OK;
|
---|
780 | }
|
---|
781 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
782 | if (sKey == VBoxDefs::GUI_TrayIconWinID)
|
---|
783 | {
|
---|
784 | if (mIsTrayIconOwner)
|
---|
785 | {
|
---|
786 | if (sVal.isEmpty() ||
|
---|
787 | sVal == QString ("%1")
|
---|
788 | .arg ((qulonglong) vboxGlobal().mainWindow()->winId()))
|
---|
789 | *allowChange = TRUE;
|
---|
790 | else
|
---|
791 | *allowChange = FALSE;
|
---|
792 | }
|
---|
793 | else
|
---|
794 | *allowChange = TRUE;
|
---|
795 | return S_OK;
|
---|
796 | }
|
---|
797 | #endif
|
---|
798 | /* try to set the global setting to check its syntax */
|
---|
799 | VBoxGlobalSettings gs (false /* non-null */);
|
---|
800 | if (gs.setPublicProperty (sKey, sVal))
|
---|
801 | {
|
---|
802 | /* this is a known GUI property key */
|
---|
803 | if (!gs)
|
---|
804 | {
|
---|
805 | /* disallow the change when there is an error*/
|
---|
806 | *error = SysAllocString ((const OLECHAR *)
|
---|
807 | (gs.lastError().isNull() ? 0 : gs.lastError().utf16()));
|
---|
808 | *allowChange = FALSE;
|
---|
809 | }
|
---|
810 | else
|
---|
811 | *allowChange = TRUE;
|
---|
812 | return S_OK;
|
---|
813 | }
|
---|
814 | }
|
---|
815 | }
|
---|
816 |
|
---|
817 | /* not interested in this key -- never disagree */
|
---|
818 | *allowChange = TRUE;
|
---|
819 | return S_OK;
|
---|
820 | }
|
---|
821 |
|
---|
822 | STDMETHOD(OnExtraDataChange) (IN_GUID id,
|
---|
823 | IN_BSTR key, IN_BSTR value)
|
---|
824 | {
|
---|
825 | if (COMBase::ToQUuid (id).isNull())
|
---|
826 | {
|
---|
827 | QString sKey = QString::fromUtf16 (key);
|
---|
828 | QString sVal = QString::fromUtf16 (value);
|
---|
829 | if (sKey.startsWith ("GUI/"))
|
---|
830 | {
|
---|
831 | if (sKey == VBoxDefs::GUI_RegistrationDlgWinID)
|
---|
832 | {
|
---|
833 | if (sVal.isEmpty())
|
---|
834 | {
|
---|
835 | mIsRegDlgOwner = false;
|
---|
836 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowRegDlgEvent (true));
|
---|
837 | }
|
---|
838 | else if (sVal == QString ("%1")
|
---|
839 | .arg ((qulonglong) vboxGlobal().mainWindow()->winId()))
|
---|
840 | {
|
---|
841 | mIsRegDlgOwner = true;
|
---|
842 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowRegDlgEvent (true));
|
---|
843 | }
|
---|
844 | else
|
---|
845 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowRegDlgEvent (false));
|
---|
846 | }
|
---|
847 | if (sKey == VBoxDefs::GUI_UpdateDlgWinID)
|
---|
848 | {
|
---|
849 | if (sVal.isEmpty())
|
---|
850 | {
|
---|
851 | mIsUpdDlgOwner = false;
|
---|
852 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowUpdDlgEvent (true));
|
---|
853 | }
|
---|
854 | else if (sVal == QString ("%1")
|
---|
855 | .arg ((qulonglong) vboxGlobal().mainWindow()->winId()))
|
---|
856 | {
|
---|
857 | mIsUpdDlgOwner = true;
|
---|
858 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowUpdDlgEvent (true));
|
---|
859 | }
|
---|
860 | else
|
---|
861 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowUpdDlgEvent (false));
|
---|
862 | }
|
---|
863 | if (sKey == "GUI/LanguageID")
|
---|
864 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxChangeGUILanguageEvent (sVal));
|
---|
865 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
866 | if (sKey == "GUI/MainWindowCount")
|
---|
867 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxMainWindowCountChangeEvent (sVal.toInt()));
|
---|
868 | if (sKey == VBoxDefs::GUI_TrayIconWinID)
|
---|
869 | {
|
---|
870 | if (sVal.isEmpty())
|
---|
871 | {
|
---|
872 | mIsTrayIconOwner = false;
|
---|
873 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowTrayIconEvent (true));
|
---|
874 | }
|
---|
875 | else if (sVal == QString ("%1")
|
---|
876 | .arg ((qulonglong) vboxGlobal().mainWindow()->winId()))
|
---|
877 | {
|
---|
878 | mIsTrayIconOwner = true;
|
---|
879 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowTrayIconEvent (true));
|
---|
880 | }
|
---|
881 | else
|
---|
882 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxCanShowTrayIconEvent (false));
|
---|
883 | }
|
---|
884 | if (sKey == "GUI/TrayIcon/Enabled")
|
---|
885 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxChangeTrayIconEvent ((sVal.toLower() == "true") ? true : false));
|
---|
886 | #endif
|
---|
887 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
888 | if (sKey == VBoxDefs::GUI_RealtimeDockIconUpdateEnabled)
|
---|
889 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, new VBoxChangeDockIconUpdateEvent ((sVal.toLower() == "true") ? true : false));
|
---|
890 | #endif
|
---|
891 |
|
---|
892 | mMutex.lock();
|
---|
893 | mGlobal.gset.setPublicProperty (sKey, sVal);
|
---|
894 | mMutex.unlock();
|
---|
895 | Assert (!!mGlobal.gset);
|
---|
896 | }
|
---|
897 | }
|
---|
898 | return S_OK;
|
---|
899 | }
|
---|
900 |
|
---|
901 | STDMETHOD(OnMediaRegistered) (IN_GUID id, DeviceType_T type,
|
---|
902 | BOOL registered)
|
---|
903 | {
|
---|
904 | /** @todo */
|
---|
905 | Q_UNUSED (id);
|
---|
906 | Q_UNUSED (type);
|
---|
907 | Q_UNUSED (registered);
|
---|
908 | return S_OK;
|
---|
909 | }
|
---|
910 |
|
---|
911 | STDMETHOD(OnMachineRegistered) (IN_GUID id, BOOL registered)
|
---|
912 | {
|
---|
913 | postEvent (new VBoxMachineRegisteredEvent (COMBase::ToQUuid (id),
|
---|
914 | registered));
|
---|
915 | return S_OK;
|
---|
916 | }
|
---|
917 |
|
---|
918 | STDMETHOD(OnSessionStateChange) (IN_GUID id, SessionState_T state)
|
---|
919 | {
|
---|
920 | postEvent (new VBoxSessionStateChangeEvent (COMBase::ToQUuid (id),
|
---|
921 | (KSessionState) state));
|
---|
922 | return S_OK;
|
---|
923 | }
|
---|
924 |
|
---|
925 | STDMETHOD(OnSnapshotTaken) (IN_GUID aMachineId, IN_GUID aSnapshotId)
|
---|
926 | {
|
---|
927 | postEvent (new VBoxSnapshotEvent (COMBase::ToQUuid (aMachineId),
|
---|
928 | COMBase::ToQUuid (aSnapshotId),
|
---|
929 | VBoxSnapshotEvent::Taken));
|
---|
930 | return S_OK;
|
---|
931 | }
|
---|
932 |
|
---|
933 | STDMETHOD(OnSnapshotDiscarded) (IN_GUID aMachineId, IN_GUID aSnapshotId)
|
---|
934 | {
|
---|
935 | postEvent (new VBoxSnapshotEvent (COMBase::ToQUuid (aMachineId),
|
---|
936 | COMBase::ToQUuid (aSnapshotId),
|
---|
937 | VBoxSnapshotEvent::Discarded));
|
---|
938 | return S_OK;
|
---|
939 | }
|
---|
940 |
|
---|
941 | STDMETHOD(OnSnapshotChange) (IN_GUID aMachineId, IN_GUID aSnapshotId)
|
---|
942 | {
|
---|
943 | postEvent (new VBoxSnapshotEvent (COMBase::ToQUuid (aMachineId),
|
---|
944 | COMBase::ToQUuid (aSnapshotId),
|
---|
945 | VBoxSnapshotEvent::Changed));
|
---|
946 | return S_OK;
|
---|
947 | }
|
---|
948 |
|
---|
949 | STDMETHOD(OnGuestPropertyChange) (IN_GUID /* id */,
|
---|
950 | IN_BSTR /* key */,
|
---|
951 | IN_BSTR /* value */,
|
---|
952 | IN_BSTR /* flags */)
|
---|
953 | {
|
---|
954 | return S_OK;
|
---|
955 | }
|
---|
956 |
|
---|
957 | private:
|
---|
958 |
|
---|
959 | void postEvent (QEvent *e)
|
---|
960 | {
|
---|
961 | // currently, we don't post events if we are in the VM execution
|
---|
962 | // console mode, to save some CPU ticks (so far, there was no need
|
---|
963 | // to handle VirtualBox callback events in the execution console mode)
|
---|
964 | if (!mGlobal.isVMConsoleProcess())
|
---|
965 | QApplication::postEvent (&mGlobal, e);
|
---|
966 | }
|
---|
967 |
|
---|
968 | VBoxGlobal &mGlobal;
|
---|
969 |
|
---|
970 | /** protects #OnExtraDataChange() */
|
---|
971 | QMutex mMutex;
|
---|
972 |
|
---|
973 | bool mIsRegDlgOwner;
|
---|
974 | bool mIsUpdDlgOwner;
|
---|
975 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
976 | bool mIsTrayIconOwner;
|
---|
977 | #endif
|
---|
978 |
|
---|
979 | #if defined (Q_OS_WIN32)
|
---|
980 | private:
|
---|
981 | long refcnt;
|
---|
982 | #endif
|
---|
983 | };
|
---|
984 |
|
---|
985 | #if !defined (Q_OS_WIN32)
|
---|
986 | NS_DECL_CLASSINFO (VBoxCallback)
|
---|
987 | NS_IMPL_THREADSAFE_ISUPPORTS1_CI (VBoxCallback, IVirtualBoxCallback)
|
---|
988 | #endif
|
---|
989 |
|
---|
990 | // Helpers for VBoxGlobal::getOpenFileName() & getExistingDirectory()
|
---|
991 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
992 |
|
---|
993 | #if defined Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
994 |
|
---|
995 | extern void qt_enter_modal (QWidget*);
|
---|
996 | extern void qt_leave_modal (QWidget*);
|
---|
997 |
|
---|
998 | static QString extractFilter (const QString &aRawFilter)
|
---|
999 | {
|
---|
1000 | static const char qt_file_dialog_filter_reg_exp[] =
|
---|
1001 | "([a-zA-Z0-9 ]*)\\(([a-zA-Z0-9_.*? +;#\\[\\]]*)\\)$";
|
---|
1002 |
|
---|
1003 | QString result = aRawFilter;
|
---|
1004 | QRegExp r (QString::fromLatin1 (qt_file_dialog_filter_reg_exp));
|
---|
1005 | int index = r.indexIn (result);
|
---|
1006 | if (index >= 0)
|
---|
1007 | result = r.cap (2);
|
---|
1008 | return result.replace (QChar (' '), QChar (';'));
|
---|
1009 | }
|
---|
1010 |
|
---|
1011 | /**
|
---|
1012 | * Converts QFileDialog filter list to Win32 API filter list.
|
---|
1013 | */
|
---|
1014 | static QString winFilter (const QString &aFilter)
|
---|
1015 | {
|
---|
1016 | QStringList filterLst;
|
---|
1017 |
|
---|
1018 | if (!aFilter.isEmpty())
|
---|
1019 | {
|
---|
1020 | int i = aFilter.indexOf (";;", 0);
|
---|
1021 | QString sep (";;");
|
---|
1022 | if (i == -1)
|
---|
1023 | {
|
---|
1024 | if (aFilter.indexOf ("\n", 0) != -1)
|
---|
1025 | {
|
---|
1026 | sep = "\n";
|
---|
1027 | i = aFilter.indexOf (sep, 0);
|
---|
1028 | }
|
---|
1029 | }
|
---|
1030 |
|
---|
1031 | filterLst = aFilter.split (sep);
|
---|
1032 | }
|
---|
1033 |
|
---|
1034 | QStringList::Iterator it = filterLst.begin();
|
---|
1035 | QString winfilters;
|
---|
1036 | for (; it != filterLst.end(); ++it)
|
---|
1037 | {
|
---|
1038 | winfilters += *it;
|
---|
1039 | winfilters += QChar::Null;
|
---|
1040 | winfilters += extractFilter (*it);
|
---|
1041 | winfilters += QChar::Null;
|
---|
1042 | }
|
---|
1043 | winfilters += QChar::Null;
|
---|
1044 | return winfilters;
|
---|
1045 | }
|
---|
1046 |
|
---|
1047 | /*
|
---|
1048 | * Callback function to control the native Win32 API file dialog
|
---|
1049 | */
|
---|
1050 | UINT_PTR CALLBACK OFNHookProc (HWND aHdlg, UINT aUiMsg, WPARAM aWParam, LPARAM aLParam)
|
---|
1051 | {
|
---|
1052 | if (aUiMsg == WM_NOTIFY)
|
---|
1053 | {
|
---|
1054 | OFNOTIFY *notif = (OFNOTIFY*) aLParam;
|
---|
1055 | if (notif->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE)
|
---|
1056 | {
|
---|
1057 | /* locate native dialog controls */
|
---|
1058 | HWND parent = GetParent (aHdlg);
|
---|
1059 | HWND button = GetDlgItem (parent, IDOK);
|
---|
1060 | HWND textfield = ::GetDlgItem (parent, cmb13);
|
---|
1061 | if (textfield == NULL)
|
---|
1062 | textfield = ::GetDlgItem (parent, edt1);
|
---|
1063 | if (textfield == NULL)
|
---|
1064 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1065 | HWND selector = ::GetDlgItem (parent, cmb1);
|
---|
1066 |
|
---|
1067 | /* simulate filter change by pressing apply-key */
|
---|
1068 | int size = 256;
|
---|
1069 | TCHAR *buffer = (TCHAR*)malloc (size);
|
---|
1070 | SendMessage (textfield, WM_GETTEXT, size, (LPARAM)buffer);
|
---|
1071 | SendMessage (textfield, WM_SETTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)"\0");
|
---|
1072 | SendMessage (button, BM_CLICK, 0, 0);
|
---|
1073 | SendMessage (textfield, WM_SETTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)buffer);
|
---|
1074 | free (buffer);
|
---|
1075 |
|
---|
1076 | /* make request for focus moving to filter selector combo-box */
|
---|
1077 | HWND curFocus = GetFocus();
|
---|
1078 | PostMessage (curFocus, WM_KILLFOCUS, (WPARAM)selector, 0);
|
---|
1079 | PostMessage (selector, WM_SETFOCUS, (WPARAM)curFocus, 0);
|
---|
1080 | WPARAM wParam = MAKEWPARAM (WA_ACTIVE, 0);
|
---|
1081 | PostMessage (selector, WM_ACTIVATE, wParam, (LPARAM)curFocus);
|
---|
1082 | }
|
---|
1083 | }
|
---|
1084 | return FALSE;
|
---|
1085 | }
|
---|
1086 |
|
---|
1087 | /*
|
---|
1088 | * Callback function to control the native Win32 API folders dialog
|
---|
1089 | */
|
---|
1090 | static int __stdcall winGetExistDirCallbackProc (HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg,
|
---|
1091 | LPARAM lParam, LPARAM lpData)
|
---|
1092 | {
|
---|
1093 | if (uMsg == BFFM_INITIALIZED && lpData != 0)
|
---|
1094 | {
|
---|
1095 | QString *initDir = (QString *)(lpData);
|
---|
1096 | if (!initDir->isEmpty())
|
---|
1097 | {
|
---|
1098 | SendMessage (hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, TRUE, Q_ULONG (
|
---|
1099 | initDir->isNull() ? 0 : initDir->utf16()));
|
---|
1100 | //SendMessage (hwnd, BFFM_SETEXPANDED, TRUE, Q_ULONG (initDir->utf16()));
|
---|
1101 | }
|
---|
1102 | }
|
---|
1103 | else if (uMsg == BFFM_SELCHANGED)
|
---|
1104 | {
|
---|
1105 | TCHAR path [MAX_PATH];
|
---|
1106 | SHGetPathFromIDList (LPITEMIDLIST (lParam), path);
|
---|
1107 | QString tmpStr = QString::fromUtf16 ((ushort*)path);
|
---|
1108 | if (!tmpStr.isEmpty())
|
---|
1109 | SendMessage (hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 1, 1);
|
---|
1110 | else
|
---|
1111 | SendMessage (hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, 0);
|
---|
1112 | SendMessage (hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXT, 1, Q_ULONG (path));
|
---|
1113 | }
|
---|
1114 | return 0;
|
---|
1115 | }
|
---|
1116 |
|
---|
1117 | /**
|
---|
1118 | * QEvent class to carry Win32 API native dialog's result information
|
---|
1119 | */
|
---|
1120 | class OpenNativeDialogEvent : public QEvent
|
---|
1121 | {
|
---|
1122 | public:
|
---|
1123 |
|
---|
1124 | OpenNativeDialogEvent (const QString &aResult, QEvent::Type aType)
|
---|
1125 | : QEvent (aType), mResult (aResult) {}
|
---|
1126 |
|
---|
1127 | const QString& result() { return mResult; }
|
---|
1128 |
|
---|
1129 | private:
|
---|
1130 |
|
---|
1131 | QString mResult;
|
---|
1132 | };
|
---|
1133 |
|
---|
1134 | /**
|
---|
1135 | * QObject class reimplementation which is the target for OpenNativeDialogEvent
|
---|
1136 | * event. It receives OpenNativeDialogEvent event from another thread,
|
---|
1137 | * stores result information and exits the given local event loop.
|
---|
1138 | */
|
---|
1139 | class LoopObject : public QObject
|
---|
1140 | {
|
---|
1141 | public:
|
---|
1142 |
|
---|
1143 | LoopObject (QEvent::Type aType, QEventLoop &aLoop)
|
---|
1144 | : mType (aType), mLoop (aLoop), mResult (QString::null) {}
|
---|
1145 | const QString& result() { return mResult; }
|
---|
1146 |
|
---|
1147 | private:
|
---|
1148 |
|
---|
1149 | bool event (QEvent *aEvent)
|
---|
1150 | {
|
---|
1151 | if (aEvent->type() == mType)
|
---|
1152 | {
|
---|
1153 | OpenNativeDialogEvent *ev = (OpenNativeDialogEvent*) aEvent;
|
---|
1154 | mResult = ev->result();
|
---|
1155 | mLoop.quit();
|
---|
1156 | return true;
|
---|
1157 | }
|
---|
1158 | return QObject::event (aEvent);
|
---|
1159 | }
|
---|
1160 |
|
---|
1161 | QEvent::Type mType;
|
---|
1162 | QEventLoop &mLoop;
|
---|
1163 | QString mResult;
|
---|
1164 | };
|
---|
1165 |
|
---|
1166 | #endif /* Q_WS_WIN */
|
---|
1167 |
|
---|
1168 |
|
---|
1169 | // VBoxGlobal
|
---|
1170 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
1171 |
|
---|
1172 | static bool sVBoxGlobalInited = false;
|
---|
1173 | static bool sVBoxGlobalInCleanup = false;
|
---|
1174 |
|
---|
1175 | /** @internal
|
---|
1176 | *
|
---|
1177 | * Special routine to do VBoxGlobal cleanup when the application is being
|
---|
1178 | * terminated. It is called before some essential Qt functionality (for
|
---|
1179 | * instance, QThread) becomes unavailable, allowing us to use it from
|
---|
1180 | * VBoxGlobal::cleanup() if necessary.
|
---|
1181 | */
|
---|
1182 | static void vboxGlobalCleanup()
|
---|
1183 | {
|
---|
1184 | Assert (!sVBoxGlobalInCleanup);
|
---|
1185 | sVBoxGlobalInCleanup = true;
|
---|
1186 | vboxGlobal().cleanup();
|
---|
1187 | }
|
---|
1188 |
|
---|
1189 | /** @internal
|
---|
1190 | *
|
---|
1191 | * Determines the rendering mode from the argument. Sets the appropriate
|
---|
1192 | * default rendering mode if the argumen is NULL.
|
---|
1193 | */
|
---|
1194 | static VBoxDefs::RenderMode vboxGetRenderMode (const char *aModeStr)
|
---|
1195 | {
|
---|
1196 | VBoxDefs::RenderMode mode = VBoxDefs::InvalidRenderMode;
|
---|
1197 |
|
---|
1198 | #if defined (Q_WS_MAC) && defined (VBOX_GUI_USE_QUARTZ2D)
|
---|
1199 | mode = VBoxDefs::Quartz2DMode;
|
---|
1200 | #elif (defined (Q_WS_WIN32) || defined (Q_WS_PM)) && defined (VBOX_GUI_USE_QIMAGE)
|
---|
1201 | mode = VBoxDefs::QImageMode;
|
---|
1202 | #elif defined (Q_WS_X11) && defined (VBOX_GUI_USE_SDL)
|
---|
1203 | mode = VBoxDefs::SDLMode;
|
---|
1204 | #elif defined (VBOX_GUI_USE_QIMAGE)
|
---|
1205 | mode = VBoxDefs::QImageMode;
|
---|
1206 | #else
|
---|
1207 | # error "Cannot determine the default render mode!"
|
---|
1208 | #endif
|
---|
1209 |
|
---|
1210 | if (aModeStr)
|
---|
1211 | {
|
---|
1212 | if (0) ;
|
---|
1213 | #if defined (VBOX_GUI_USE_QIMAGE)
|
---|
1214 | else if (::strcmp (aModeStr, "image") == 0)
|
---|
1215 | mode = VBoxDefs::QImageMode;
|
---|
1216 | #endif
|
---|
1217 | #if defined (VBOX_GUI_USE_SDL)
|
---|
1218 | else if (::strcmp (aModeStr, "sdl") == 0)
|
---|
1219 | mode = VBoxDefs::SDLMode;
|
---|
1220 | #endif
|
---|
1221 | #if defined (VBOX_GUI_USE_DDRAW)
|
---|
1222 | else if (::strcmp (aModeStr, "ddraw") == 0)
|
---|
1223 | mode = VBoxDefs::DDRAWMode;
|
---|
1224 | #endif
|
---|
1225 | #if defined (VBOX_GUI_USE_QUARTZ2D)
|
---|
1226 | else if (::strcmp (aModeStr, "quartz2d") == 0)
|
---|
1227 | mode = VBoxDefs::Quartz2DMode;
|
---|
1228 | #endif
|
---|
1229 | }
|
---|
1230 |
|
---|
1231 | return mode;
|
---|
1232 | }
|
---|
1233 |
|
---|
1234 | /** @class VBoxGlobal
|
---|
1235 | *
|
---|
1236 | * The VBoxGlobal class incapsulates the global VirtualBox data.
|
---|
1237 | *
|
---|
1238 | * There is only one instance of this class per VirtualBox application,
|
---|
1239 | * the reference to it is returned by the static instance() method, or by
|
---|
1240 | * the global vboxGlobal() function, that is just an inlined shortcut.
|
---|
1241 | */
|
---|
1242 |
|
---|
1243 | VBoxGlobal::VBoxGlobal()
|
---|
1244 | : mValid (false)
|
---|
1245 | , mSelectorWnd (NULL), mConsoleWnd (NULL)
|
---|
1246 | , mMainWindow (NULL)
|
---|
1247 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_REGISTRATION
|
---|
1248 | , mRegDlg (NULL)
|
---|
1249 | #endif
|
---|
1250 | , mUpdDlg (NULL)
|
---|
1251 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
1252 | , mIsTrayMenu (false)
|
---|
1253 | #endif
|
---|
1254 | , mMediaEnumThread (NULL)
|
---|
1255 | , verString ("1.0")
|
---|
1256 | , vm_state_color (KMachineState_COUNT)
|
---|
1257 | , machineStates (KMachineState_COUNT)
|
---|
1258 | , sessionStates (KSessionState_COUNT)
|
---|
1259 | , deviceTypes (KDeviceType_COUNT)
|
---|
1260 | , storageBuses (KStorageBus_COUNT)
|
---|
1261 | , storageBusDevices (2)
|
---|
1262 | , storageBusChannels (3)
|
---|
1263 | , diskTypes (KHardDiskType_COUNT)
|
---|
1264 | , vrdpAuthTypes (KVRDPAuthType_COUNT)
|
---|
1265 | , portModeTypes (KPortMode_COUNT)
|
---|
1266 | , usbFilterActionTypes (KUSBDeviceFilterAction_COUNT)
|
---|
1267 | , audioDriverTypes (KAudioDriverType_COUNT)
|
---|
1268 | , audioControllerTypes (KAudioControllerType_COUNT)
|
---|
1269 | , networkAdapterTypes (KNetworkAdapterType_COUNT)
|
---|
1270 | , networkAttachmentTypes (KNetworkAttachmentType_COUNT)
|
---|
1271 | , clipboardTypes (KClipboardMode_COUNT)
|
---|
1272 | , ideControllerTypes (KIDEControllerType_COUNT)
|
---|
1273 | , USBDeviceStates (KUSBDeviceState_COUNT)
|
---|
1274 | , detailReportTemplatesReady (false)
|
---|
1275 | {
|
---|
1276 | }
|
---|
1277 |
|
---|
1278 | //
|
---|
1279 | // Public members
|
---|
1280 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
1281 |
|
---|
1282 | /**
|
---|
1283 | * Returns a reference to the global VirtualBox data, managed by this class.
|
---|
1284 | *
|
---|
1285 | * The main() function of the VBox GUI must call this function soon after
|
---|
1286 | * creating a QApplication instance but before opening any of the main windows
|
---|
1287 | * (to let the VBoxGlobal initialization procedure use various Qt facilities),
|
---|
1288 | * and continue execution only when the isValid() method of the returned
|
---|
1289 | * instancereturns true, i.e. do something like:
|
---|
1290 | *
|
---|
1291 | * @code
|
---|
1292 | * if ( !VBoxGlobal::instance().isValid() )
|
---|
1293 | * return 1;
|
---|
1294 | * @endcode
|
---|
1295 | * or
|
---|
1296 | * @code
|
---|
1297 | * if ( !vboxGlobal().isValid() )
|
---|
1298 | * return 1;
|
---|
1299 | * @endcode
|
---|
1300 | *
|
---|
1301 | * @note Some VBoxGlobal methods can be used on a partially constructed
|
---|
1302 | * VBoxGlobal instance, i.e. from constructors and methods called
|
---|
1303 | * from the VBoxGlobal::init() method, which obtain the instance
|
---|
1304 | * using this instance() call or the ::vboxGlobal() function. Currently, such
|
---|
1305 | * methods are:
|
---|
1306 | * #vmStateText, #vmTypeIcon, #vmTypeText, #vmTypeTextList, #vmTypeFromText.
|
---|
1307 | *
|
---|
1308 | * @see ::vboxGlobal
|
---|
1309 | */
|
---|
1310 | VBoxGlobal &VBoxGlobal::instance()
|
---|
1311 | {
|
---|
1312 | static VBoxGlobal vboxGlobal_instance;
|
---|
1313 |
|
---|
1314 | if (!sVBoxGlobalInited)
|
---|
1315 | {
|
---|
1316 | /* check that a QApplication instance is created */
|
---|
1317 | if (qApp)
|
---|
1318 | {
|
---|
1319 | sVBoxGlobalInited = true;
|
---|
1320 | vboxGlobal_instance.init();
|
---|
1321 | /* add our cleanup handler to the list of Qt post routines */
|
---|
1322 | qAddPostRoutine (vboxGlobalCleanup);
|
---|
1323 | }
|
---|
1324 | else
|
---|
1325 | AssertMsgFailed (("Must construct a QApplication first!"));
|
---|
1326 | }
|
---|
1327 | return vboxGlobal_instance;
|
---|
1328 | }
|
---|
1329 |
|
---|
1330 | VBoxGlobal::~VBoxGlobal()
|
---|
1331 | {
|
---|
1332 | qDeleteAll (mOsTypeIcons);
|
---|
1333 | qDeleteAll (mStateIcons);
|
---|
1334 | qDeleteAll (vm_state_color);
|
---|
1335 | }
|
---|
1336 |
|
---|
1337 | /**
|
---|
1338 | * Sets the new global settings and saves them to the VirtualBox server.
|
---|
1339 | */
|
---|
1340 | bool VBoxGlobal::setSettings (const VBoxGlobalSettings &gs)
|
---|
1341 | {
|
---|
1342 | gs.save (mVBox);
|
---|
1343 |
|
---|
1344 | if (!mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
1345 | {
|
---|
1346 | vboxProblem().cannotSaveGlobalConfig (mVBox);
|
---|
1347 | return false;
|
---|
1348 | }
|
---|
1349 |
|
---|
1350 | /* We don't assign gs to our gset member here, because VBoxCallback
|
---|
1351 | * will update gset as necessary when new settings are successfullly
|
---|
1352 | * sent to the VirtualBox server by gs.save(). */
|
---|
1353 |
|
---|
1354 | return true;
|
---|
1355 | }
|
---|
1356 |
|
---|
1357 | /**
|
---|
1358 | * Returns a reference to the main VBox VM Selector window.
|
---|
1359 | * The reference is valid until application termination.
|
---|
1360 | *
|
---|
1361 | * There is only one such a window per VirtualBox application.
|
---|
1362 | */
|
---|
1363 | VBoxSelectorWnd &VBoxGlobal::selectorWnd()
|
---|
1364 | {
|
---|
1365 | #if defined (VBOX_GUI_SEPARATE_VM_PROCESS)
|
---|
1366 | AssertMsg (!vboxGlobal().isVMConsoleProcess(),
|
---|
1367 | ("Must NOT be a VM console process"));
|
---|
1368 | #endif
|
---|
1369 |
|
---|
1370 | Assert (mValid);
|
---|
1371 |
|
---|
1372 | if (!mSelectorWnd)
|
---|
1373 | {
|
---|
1374 | /*
|
---|
1375 | * We pass the address of mSelectorWnd to the constructor to let it be
|
---|
1376 | * initialized right after the constructor is called. It is necessary
|
---|
1377 | * to avoid recursion, since this method may be (and will be) called
|
---|
1378 | * from the below constructor or from constructors/methods it calls.
|
---|
1379 | */
|
---|
1380 | VBoxSelectorWnd *w = new VBoxSelectorWnd (&mSelectorWnd, 0);
|
---|
1381 | Assert (w == mSelectorWnd);
|
---|
1382 | NOREF(w);
|
---|
1383 | }
|
---|
1384 |
|
---|
1385 | return *mSelectorWnd;
|
---|
1386 | }
|
---|
1387 |
|
---|
1388 | /**
|
---|
1389 | * Returns a reference to the main VBox VM Console window.
|
---|
1390 | * The reference is valid until application termination.
|
---|
1391 | *
|
---|
1392 | * There is only one such a window per VirtualBox application.
|
---|
1393 | */
|
---|
1394 | VBoxConsoleWnd &VBoxGlobal::consoleWnd()
|
---|
1395 | {
|
---|
1396 | #if defined (VBOX_GUI_SEPARATE_VM_PROCESS)
|
---|
1397 | AssertMsg (vboxGlobal().isVMConsoleProcess(),
|
---|
1398 | ("Must be a VM console process"));
|
---|
1399 | #endif
|
---|
1400 |
|
---|
1401 | Assert (mValid);
|
---|
1402 |
|
---|
1403 | if (!mConsoleWnd)
|
---|
1404 | {
|
---|
1405 | /*
|
---|
1406 | * We pass the address of mConsoleWnd to the constructor to let it be
|
---|
1407 | * initialized right after the constructor is called. It is necessary
|
---|
1408 | * to avoid recursion, since this method may be (and will be) called
|
---|
1409 | * from the below constructor or from constructors/methods it calls.
|
---|
1410 | */
|
---|
1411 | VBoxConsoleWnd *w = new VBoxConsoleWnd (&mConsoleWnd, 0);
|
---|
1412 | Assert (w == mConsoleWnd);
|
---|
1413 | NOREF(w);
|
---|
1414 | }
|
---|
1415 |
|
---|
1416 | return *mConsoleWnd;
|
---|
1417 | }
|
---|
1418 |
|
---|
1419 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
1420 |
|
---|
1421 | /**
|
---|
1422 | * Returns true if the current instance a systray menu only (started with
|
---|
1423 | * "-systray" parameter).
|
---|
1424 | */
|
---|
1425 | bool VBoxGlobal::isTrayMenu() const
|
---|
1426 | {
|
---|
1427 | return mIsTrayMenu;
|
---|
1428 | }
|
---|
1429 |
|
---|
1430 | void VBoxGlobal::setTrayMenu(bool aIsTrayMenu)
|
---|
1431 | {
|
---|
1432 | mIsTrayMenu = aIsTrayMenu;
|
---|
1433 | }
|
---|
1434 |
|
---|
1435 | /**
|
---|
1436 | * Spawns a new selector window (process).
|
---|
1437 | */
|
---|
1438 | void VBoxGlobal::trayIconShowSelector()
|
---|
1439 | {
|
---|
1440 | /* Get the path to the executable. */
|
---|
1441 | char path [RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
1442 | RTPathAppPrivateArch (path, RTPATH_MAX);
|
---|
1443 | size_t sz = strlen (path);
|
---|
1444 | path [sz++] = RTPATH_DELIMITER;
|
---|
1445 | path [sz] = 0;
|
---|
1446 | char *cmd = path + sz;
|
---|
1447 | sz = RTPATH_MAX - sz;
|
---|
1448 |
|
---|
1449 | int rc = 0;
|
---|
1450 | RTPROCESS pid = NIL_RTPROCESS;
|
---|
1451 | RTENV env = RTENV_DEFAULT;
|
---|
1452 |
|
---|
1453 | const char VirtualBox_exe[] = "VirtualBox" HOSTSUFF_EXE;
|
---|
1454 | Assert (sz >= sizeof (VirtualBox_exe));
|
---|
1455 | strcpy (cmd, VirtualBox_exe);
|
---|
1456 | const char * args[] = {path, 0 };
|
---|
1457 | # ifdef RT_OS_WINDOWS
|
---|
1458 | rc = RTProcCreate (path, args, env, 0, &pid);
|
---|
1459 | # else
|
---|
1460 | rc = RTProcCreate (path, args, env, RTPROC_FLAGS_DAEMONIZE, &pid);
|
---|
1461 | # endif
|
---|
1462 | if (RT_FAILURE (rc))
|
---|
1463 | LogRel(("Systray: Failed to start new selector window! Path=%s, rc=%Rrc\n", path, rc));
|
---|
1464 | }
|
---|
1465 |
|
---|
1466 | /**
|
---|
1467 | * Tries to install the tray icon using the current instance (singleton).
|
---|
1468 | * Returns true if this instance is the tray icon, false if not.
|
---|
1469 | */
|
---|
1470 | bool VBoxGlobal::trayIconInstall()
|
---|
1471 | {
|
---|
1472 | int rc = 0;
|
---|
1473 | QString strTrayWinID = mVBox.GetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_TrayIconWinID);
|
---|
1474 | if (false == strTrayWinID.isEmpty())
|
---|
1475 | {
|
---|
1476 | /* Check if current tray icon is alive by writing some bogus value. */
|
---|
1477 | mVBox.SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_TrayIconWinID, "0");
|
---|
1478 | if (mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
1479 | {
|
---|
1480 | /* Current tray icon died - clean up. */
|
---|
1481 | mVBox.SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_TrayIconWinID, NULL);
|
---|
1482 | strTrayWinID.clear();
|
---|
1483 | }
|
---|
1484 | }
|
---|
1485 |
|
---|
1486 | /* Is there already a tray icon or is tray icon not active? */
|
---|
1487 | if ( (mIsTrayMenu == false)
|
---|
1488 | && (vboxGlobal().settings().trayIconEnabled())
|
---|
1489 | && (QSystemTrayIcon::isSystemTrayAvailable())
|
---|
1490 | && (strTrayWinID.isEmpty()))
|
---|
1491 | {
|
---|
1492 | /* Get the path to the executable. */
|
---|
1493 | char path [RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
1494 | RTPathAppPrivateArch (path, RTPATH_MAX);
|
---|
1495 | size_t sz = strlen (path);
|
---|
1496 | path [sz++] = RTPATH_DELIMITER;
|
---|
1497 | path [sz] = 0;
|
---|
1498 | char *cmd = path + sz;
|
---|
1499 | sz = RTPATH_MAX - sz;
|
---|
1500 |
|
---|
1501 | RTPROCESS pid = NIL_RTPROCESS;
|
---|
1502 | RTENV env = RTENV_DEFAULT;
|
---|
1503 |
|
---|
1504 | const char VirtualBox_exe[] = "VirtualBox" HOSTSUFF_EXE;
|
---|
1505 | Assert (sz >= sizeof (VirtualBox_exe));
|
---|
1506 | strcpy (cmd, VirtualBox_exe);
|
---|
1507 | const char * args[] = {path, "-systray", 0 };
|
---|
1508 | # ifdef RT_OS_WINDOWS /** @todo drop this once the RTProcCreate bug has been fixed */
|
---|
1509 | rc = RTProcCreate (path, args, env, 0, &pid);
|
---|
1510 | # else
|
---|
1511 | rc = RTProcCreate (path, args, env, RTPROC_FLAGS_DAEMONIZE, &pid);
|
---|
1512 | # endif
|
---|
1513 |
|
---|
1514 | if (RT_FAILURE (rc))
|
---|
1515 | {
|
---|
1516 | LogRel(("Systray: Failed to start systray window! Path=%s, rc=%Rrc\n", path, rc));
|
---|
1517 | return false;
|
---|
1518 | }
|
---|
1519 | }
|
---|
1520 |
|
---|
1521 | if (mIsTrayMenu)
|
---|
1522 | {
|
---|
1523 | // Use this selector for displaying the tray icon
|
---|
1524 | mVBox.SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_TrayIconWinID,
|
---|
1525 | QString ("%1").arg ((qulonglong) vboxGlobal().mainWindow()->winId()));
|
---|
1526 |
|
---|
1527 | /* The first process which can grab this "mutex" will win ->
|
---|
1528 | * It will be the tray icon menu then. */
|
---|
1529 | if (mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
1530 | {
|
---|
1531 | emit trayIconShow (*(new VBoxShowTrayIconEvent (true)));
|
---|
1532 | return true;
|
---|
1533 | }
|
---|
1534 | }
|
---|
1535 |
|
---|
1536 | return false;
|
---|
1537 | }
|
---|
1538 |
|
---|
1539 | #endif
|
---|
1540 |
|
---|
1541 | /**
|
---|
1542 | * Returns the list of few guest OS types, queried from
|
---|
1543 | * IVirtualBox corresponding to every family id.
|
---|
1544 | */
|
---|
1545 | QList <CGuestOSType> VBoxGlobal::vmGuestOSFamilyList() const
|
---|
1546 | {
|
---|
1547 | QList <CGuestOSType> result;
|
---|
1548 | for (int i = 0 ; i < mFamilyIDs.size(); ++ i)
|
---|
1549 | result << mTypes [i][0];
|
---|
1550 | return result;
|
---|
1551 | }
|
---|
1552 |
|
---|
1553 | /**
|
---|
1554 | * Returns the list of all guest OS types, queried from
|
---|
1555 | * IVirtualBox corresponding to passed family id.
|
---|
1556 | */
|
---|
1557 | QList <CGuestOSType> VBoxGlobal::vmGuestOSTypeList (const QString &aFamilyId) const
|
---|
1558 | {
|
---|
1559 | AssertMsg (mFamilyIDs.contains (aFamilyId), ("Family ID incorrect: '%s'.", aFamilyId.toLatin1().constData()));
|
---|
1560 | return mFamilyIDs.contains (aFamilyId) ?
|
---|
1561 | mTypes [mFamilyIDs.indexOf (aFamilyId)] : QList <CGuestOSType>();
|
---|
1562 | }
|
---|
1563 |
|
---|
1564 | /**
|
---|
1565 | * Returns the icon corresponding to the given guest OS type id.
|
---|
1566 | */
|
---|
1567 | QPixmap VBoxGlobal::vmGuestOSTypeIcon (const QString &aTypeId) const
|
---|
1568 | {
|
---|
1569 | static const QPixmap none;
|
---|
1570 | QPixmap *p = mOsTypeIcons.value (aTypeId);
|
---|
1571 | AssertMsg (p, ("Icon for type '%s' must be defined.", aTypeId.toLatin1().constData()));
|
---|
1572 | return p ? *p : none;
|
---|
1573 | }
|
---|
1574 |
|
---|
1575 | /**
|
---|
1576 | * Returns the guest OS type object corresponding to the given type id of list
|
---|
1577 | * containing OS types related to OS family determined by family id attribute.
|
---|
1578 | * If the index is invalid a null object is returned.
|
---|
1579 | */
|
---|
1580 | CGuestOSType VBoxGlobal::vmGuestOSType (const QString &aTypeId,
|
---|
1581 | const QString &aFamilyId /* = QString::null */) const
|
---|
1582 | {
|
---|
1583 | QList <CGuestOSType> list;
|
---|
1584 | if (mFamilyIDs.contains (aFamilyId))
|
---|
1585 | {
|
---|
1586 | list = mTypes [mFamilyIDs.indexOf (aFamilyId)];
|
---|
1587 | }
|
---|
1588 | else
|
---|
1589 | {
|
---|
1590 | for (int i = 0; i < mFamilyIDs.size(); ++ i)
|
---|
1591 | list += mTypes [i];
|
---|
1592 | }
|
---|
1593 | for (int j = 0; j < list.size(); ++ j)
|
---|
1594 | if (!list [j].GetId().compare (aTypeId))
|
---|
1595 | return list [j];
|
---|
1596 | AssertMsgFailed (("Type ID incorrect: '%s'.", aTypeId.toLatin1().constData()));
|
---|
1597 | return CGuestOSType();
|
---|
1598 | }
|
---|
1599 |
|
---|
1600 | /**
|
---|
1601 | * Returns the description corresponding to the given guest OS type id.
|
---|
1602 | */
|
---|
1603 | QString VBoxGlobal::vmGuestOSTypeDescription (const QString &aTypeId) const
|
---|
1604 | {
|
---|
1605 | for (int i = 0; i < mFamilyIDs.size(); ++ i)
|
---|
1606 | {
|
---|
1607 | QList <CGuestOSType> list (mTypes [i]);
|
---|
1608 | for ( int j = 0; j < list.size(); ++ j)
|
---|
1609 | if (!list [j].GetId().compare (aTypeId))
|
---|
1610 | return list [j].GetDescription();
|
---|
1611 | }
|
---|
1612 | return QString::null;
|
---|
1613 | }
|
---|
1614 |
|
---|
1615 | /**
|
---|
1616 | * Returns a string representation of the given channel number on the given
|
---|
1617 | * storage bus. Complementary to #toStorageChannel (KStorageBus, const
|
---|
1618 | * QString &) const.
|
---|
1619 | */
|
---|
1620 | QString VBoxGlobal::toString (KStorageBus aBus, LONG aChannel) const
|
---|
1621 | {
|
---|
1622 | Assert (storageBusChannels.count() == 3);
|
---|
1623 | QString channel;
|
---|
1624 |
|
---|
1625 | switch (aBus)
|
---|
1626 | {
|
---|
1627 | case KStorageBus_IDE:
|
---|
1628 | {
|
---|
1629 | if (aChannel == 0 || aChannel == 1)
|
---|
1630 | {
|
---|
1631 | channel = storageBusChannels [aChannel];
|
---|
1632 | break;
|
---|
1633 | }
|
---|
1634 |
|
---|
1635 | AssertMsgFailedBreak (("Invalid channel %d\n", aChannel));
|
---|
1636 | }
|
---|
1637 | case KStorageBus_SATA:
|
---|
1638 | {
|
---|
1639 | channel = storageBusChannels [2].arg (aChannel);
|
---|
1640 | break;
|
---|
1641 | }
|
---|
1642 | default:
|
---|
1643 | AssertFailedBreak();
|
---|
1644 | }
|
---|
1645 |
|
---|
1646 | return channel;
|
---|
1647 | }
|
---|
1648 |
|
---|
1649 | /**
|
---|
1650 | * Returns a channel number on the given storage bus corresponding to the given
|
---|
1651 | * string representation. Complementary to #toString (KStorageBus, LONG) const.
|
---|
1652 | */
|
---|
1653 | LONG VBoxGlobal::toStorageChannel (KStorageBus aBus, const QString &aChannel) const
|
---|
1654 | {
|
---|
1655 | LONG channel = 0;
|
---|
1656 |
|
---|
1657 | switch (aBus)
|
---|
1658 | {
|
---|
1659 | case KStorageBus_IDE:
|
---|
1660 | {
|
---|
1661 | QStringVector::const_iterator it =
|
---|
1662 | qFind (storageBusChannels.begin(), storageBusChannels.end(),
|
---|
1663 | aChannel);
|
---|
1664 | AssertMsgBreak (it != storageBusChannels.end(),
|
---|
1665 | ("No value for {%s}\n", aChannel.toLatin1().constData()));
|
---|
1666 | channel = (LONG) (it - storageBusChannels.begin());
|
---|
1667 | break;
|
---|
1668 | }
|
---|
1669 | case KStorageBus_SATA:
|
---|
1670 | {
|
---|
1671 | /// @todo use regexp to properly extract the %1 text
|
---|
1672 | QString tpl = storageBusChannels [2].arg ("");
|
---|
1673 | if (aChannel.startsWith (tpl))
|
---|
1674 | {
|
---|
1675 | channel = aChannel.right (aChannel.length() - tpl.length()).toLong();
|
---|
1676 | break;
|
---|
1677 | }
|
---|
1678 |
|
---|
1679 | AssertMsgFailedBreak (("Invalid channel {%s}\n", aChannel.toLatin1().constData()));
|
---|
1680 | break;
|
---|
1681 | }
|
---|
1682 | default:
|
---|
1683 | AssertFailedBreak();
|
---|
1684 | }
|
---|
1685 |
|
---|
1686 | return channel;
|
---|
1687 | }
|
---|
1688 |
|
---|
1689 | /**
|
---|
1690 | * Returns a string representation of the given device number of the given
|
---|
1691 | * channel on the given storage bus. Complementary to #toStorageDevice
|
---|
1692 | * (KStorageBus, LONG, const QString &) const.
|
---|
1693 | */
|
---|
1694 | QString VBoxGlobal::toString (KStorageBus aBus, LONG aChannel, LONG aDevice) const
|
---|
1695 | {
|
---|
1696 | NOREF (aChannel);
|
---|
1697 |
|
---|
1698 | Assert (storageBusDevices.count() == 2);
|
---|
1699 | QString device;
|
---|
1700 |
|
---|
1701 | switch (aBus)
|
---|
1702 | {
|
---|
1703 | case KStorageBus_IDE:
|
---|
1704 | {
|
---|
1705 | if (aDevice == 0 || aDevice == 1)
|
---|
1706 | {
|
---|
1707 | device = storageBusDevices [aDevice];
|
---|
1708 | break;
|
---|
1709 | }
|
---|
1710 |
|
---|
1711 | AssertMsgFailedBreak (("Invalid device %d\n", aDevice));
|
---|
1712 | }
|
---|
1713 | case KStorageBus_SATA:
|
---|
1714 | {
|
---|
1715 | AssertMsgBreak (aDevice == 0, ("Invalid device %d\n", aDevice));
|
---|
1716 | /* always zero so far for SATA */
|
---|
1717 | break;
|
---|
1718 | }
|
---|
1719 | default:
|
---|
1720 | AssertFailedBreak();
|
---|
1721 | }
|
---|
1722 |
|
---|
1723 | return device;
|
---|
1724 | }
|
---|
1725 |
|
---|
1726 | /**
|
---|
1727 | * Returns a device number of the given channel on the given storage bus
|
---|
1728 | * corresponding to the given string representation. Complementary to #toString
|
---|
1729 | * (KStorageBus, LONG, LONG) const.
|
---|
1730 | */
|
---|
1731 | LONG VBoxGlobal::toStorageDevice (KStorageBus aBus, LONG aChannel,
|
---|
1732 | const QString &aDevice) const
|
---|
1733 | {
|
---|
1734 | NOREF (aChannel);
|
---|
1735 |
|
---|
1736 | LONG device = 0;
|
---|
1737 |
|
---|
1738 | switch (aBus)
|
---|
1739 | {
|
---|
1740 | case KStorageBus_IDE:
|
---|
1741 | {
|
---|
1742 | QStringVector::const_iterator it =
|
---|
1743 | qFind (storageBusDevices.begin(), storageBusDevices.end(),
|
---|
1744 | aDevice);
|
---|
1745 | AssertMsg (it != storageBusDevices.end(),
|
---|
1746 | ("No value for {%s}", aDevice.toLatin1().constData()));
|
---|
1747 | device = (LONG) (it - storageBusDevices.begin());
|
---|
1748 | break;
|
---|
1749 | }
|
---|
1750 | case KStorageBus_SATA:
|
---|
1751 | {
|
---|
1752 | AssertMsgBreak(aDevice.isEmpty(), ("Invalid device {%s}\n", aDevice.toLatin1().constData()));
|
---|
1753 | /* always zero for SATA so far. */
|
---|
1754 | break;
|
---|
1755 | }
|
---|
1756 | default:
|
---|
1757 | AssertFailedBreak();
|
---|
1758 | }
|
---|
1759 |
|
---|
1760 | return device;
|
---|
1761 | }
|
---|
1762 |
|
---|
1763 | /**
|
---|
1764 | * Returns a full string representation of the given device of the given channel
|
---|
1765 | * on the given storage bus. Complementary to #toStorageParams (KStorageBus,
|
---|
1766 | * LONG, LONG) const.
|
---|
1767 | */
|
---|
1768 | QString VBoxGlobal::toFullString (KStorageBus aBus, LONG aChannel,
|
---|
1769 | LONG aDevice) const
|
---|
1770 | {
|
---|
1771 | QString device;
|
---|
1772 |
|
---|
1773 | switch (aBus)
|
---|
1774 | {
|
---|
1775 | case KStorageBus_IDE:
|
---|
1776 | {
|
---|
1777 | device = QString ("%1 %2 %3")
|
---|
1778 | .arg (vboxGlobal().toString (aBus))
|
---|
1779 | .arg (vboxGlobal().toString (aBus, aChannel))
|
---|
1780 | .arg (vboxGlobal().toString (aBus, aChannel, aDevice));
|
---|
1781 | break;
|
---|
1782 | }
|
---|
1783 | case KStorageBus_SATA:
|
---|
1784 | {
|
---|
1785 | /* we only have one SATA device so far which is always zero */
|
---|
1786 | device = QString ("%1 %2")
|
---|
1787 | .arg (vboxGlobal().toString (aBus))
|
---|
1788 | .arg (vboxGlobal().toString (aBus, aChannel));
|
---|
1789 | break;
|
---|
1790 | }
|
---|
1791 | default:
|
---|
1792 | AssertFailedBreak();
|
---|
1793 | }
|
---|
1794 |
|
---|
1795 | return device;
|
---|
1796 | }
|
---|
1797 |
|
---|
1798 | /**
|
---|
1799 | * Returns the list of all device types (VirtualBox::DeviceType COM enum).
|
---|
1800 | */
|
---|
1801 | QStringList VBoxGlobal::deviceTypeStrings() const
|
---|
1802 | {
|
---|
1803 | static QStringList list;
|
---|
1804 | if (list.empty())
|
---|
1805 | for (int i = 0; i < deviceTypes.count() - 1 /* usb=n/a */; i++)
|
---|
1806 | list += deviceTypes [i];
|
---|
1807 | return list;
|
---|
1808 | }
|
---|
1809 |
|
---|
1810 | struct PortConfig
|
---|
1811 | {
|
---|
1812 | const char *name;
|
---|
1813 | const ulong IRQ;
|
---|
1814 | const ulong IOBase;
|
---|
1815 | };
|
---|
1816 |
|
---|
1817 | static const PortConfig comKnownPorts[] =
|
---|
1818 | {
|
---|
1819 | { "COM1", 4, 0x3F8 },
|
---|
1820 | { "COM2", 3, 0x2F8 },
|
---|
1821 | { "COM3", 4, 0x3E8 },
|
---|
1822 | { "COM4", 3, 0x2E8 },
|
---|
1823 | /* must not contain an element with IRQ=0 and IOBase=0 used to cause
|
---|
1824 | * toCOMPortName() to return the "User-defined" string for these values. */
|
---|
1825 | };
|
---|
1826 |
|
---|
1827 | static const PortConfig lptKnownPorts[] =
|
---|
1828 | {
|
---|
1829 | { "LPT1", 7, 0x3BC },
|
---|
1830 | { "LPT2", 5, 0x378 },
|
---|
1831 | { "LPT3", 5, 0x278 },
|
---|
1832 | /* must not contain an element with IRQ=0 and IOBase=0 used to cause
|
---|
1833 | * toLPTPortName() to return the "User-defined" string for these values. */
|
---|
1834 | };
|
---|
1835 |
|
---|
1836 | /**
|
---|
1837 | * Returns the list of the standard COM port names (i.e. "COMx").
|
---|
1838 | */
|
---|
1839 | QStringList VBoxGlobal::COMPortNames() const
|
---|
1840 | {
|
---|
1841 | QStringList list;
|
---|
1842 | for (size_t i = 0; i < RT_ELEMENTS (comKnownPorts); ++ i)
|
---|
1843 | list << comKnownPorts [i].name;
|
---|
1844 |
|
---|
1845 | return list;
|
---|
1846 | }
|
---|
1847 |
|
---|
1848 | /**
|
---|
1849 | * Returns the list of the standard LPT port names (i.e. "LPTx").
|
---|
1850 | */
|
---|
1851 | QStringList VBoxGlobal::LPTPortNames() const
|
---|
1852 | {
|
---|
1853 | QStringList list;
|
---|
1854 | for (size_t i = 0; i < RT_ELEMENTS (lptKnownPorts); ++ i)
|
---|
1855 | list << lptKnownPorts [i].name;
|
---|
1856 |
|
---|
1857 | return list;
|
---|
1858 | }
|
---|
1859 |
|
---|
1860 | /**
|
---|
1861 | * Returns the name of the standard COM port corresponding to the given
|
---|
1862 | * parameters, or "User-defined" (which is also returned when both
|
---|
1863 | * @a aIRQ and @a aIOBase are 0).
|
---|
1864 | */
|
---|
1865 | QString VBoxGlobal::toCOMPortName (ulong aIRQ, ulong aIOBase) const
|
---|
1866 | {
|
---|
1867 | for (size_t i = 0; i < RT_ELEMENTS (comKnownPorts); ++ i)
|
---|
1868 | if (comKnownPorts [i].IRQ == aIRQ &&
|
---|
1869 | comKnownPorts [i].IOBase == aIOBase)
|
---|
1870 | return comKnownPorts [i].name;
|
---|
1871 |
|
---|
1872 | return mUserDefinedPortName;
|
---|
1873 | }
|
---|
1874 |
|
---|
1875 | /**
|
---|
1876 | * Returns the name of the standard LPT port corresponding to the given
|
---|
1877 | * parameters, or "User-defined" (which is also returned when both
|
---|
1878 | * @a aIRQ and @a aIOBase are 0).
|
---|
1879 | */
|
---|
1880 | QString VBoxGlobal::toLPTPortName (ulong aIRQ, ulong aIOBase) const
|
---|
1881 | {
|
---|
1882 | for (size_t i = 0; i < RT_ELEMENTS (lptKnownPorts); ++ i)
|
---|
1883 | if (lptKnownPorts [i].IRQ == aIRQ &&
|
---|
1884 | lptKnownPorts [i].IOBase == aIOBase)
|
---|
1885 | return lptKnownPorts [i].name;
|
---|
1886 |
|
---|
1887 | return mUserDefinedPortName;
|
---|
1888 | }
|
---|
1889 |
|
---|
1890 | /**
|
---|
1891 | * Returns port parameters corresponding to the given standard COM name.
|
---|
1892 | * Returns @c true on success, or @c false if the given port name is not one
|
---|
1893 | * of the standard names (i.e. "COMx").
|
---|
1894 | */
|
---|
1895 | bool VBoxGlobal::toCOMPortNumbers (const QString &aName, ulong &aIRQ,
|
---|
1896 | ulong &aIOBase) const
|
---|
1897 | {
|
---|
1898 | for (size_t i = 0; i < RT_ELEMENTS (comKnownPorts); ++ i)
|
---|
1899 | if (strcmp (comKnownPorts [i].name, aName.toUtf8().data()) == 0)
|
---|
1900 | {
|
---|
1901 | aIRQ = comKnownPorts [i].IRQ;
|
---|
1902 | aIOBase = comKnownPorts [i].IOBase;
|
---|
1903 | return true;
|
---|
1904 | }
|
---|
1905 |
|
---|
1906 | return false;
|
---|
1907 | }
|
---|
1908 |
|
---|
1909 | /**
|
---|
1910 | * Returns port parameters corresponding to the given standard LPT name.
|
---|
1911 | * Returns @c true on success, or @c false if the given port name is not one
|
---|
1912 | * of the standard names (i.e. "LPTx").
|
---|
1913 | */
|
---|
1914 | bool VBoxGlobal::toLPTPortNumbers (const QString &aName, ulong &aIRQ,
|
---|
1915 | ulong &aIOBase) const
|
---|
1916 | {
|
---|
1917 | for (size_t i = 0; i < RT_ELEMENTS (lptKnownPorts); ++ i)
|
---|
1918 | if (strcmp (lptKnownPorts [i].name, aName.toUtf8().data()) == 0)
|
---|
1919 | {
|
---|
1920 | aIRQ = lptKnownPorts [i].IRQ;
|
---|
1921 | aIOBase = lptKnownPorts [i].IOBase;
|
---|
1922 | return true;
|
---|
1923 | }
|
---|
1924 |
|
---|
1925 | return false;
|
---|
1926 | }
|
---|
1927 |
|
---|
1928 | /**
|
---|
1929 | * Searches for the given hard disk in the list of known media descriptors and
|
---|
1930 | * calls VBoxMedium::details() on the found desriptor.
|
---|
1931 | *
|
---|
1932 | * If the requeststed hard disk is not found (for example, it's a new hard disk
|
---|
1933 | * for a new VM created outside our UI), then media enumeration is requested and
|
---|
1934 | * the search is repeated. We assume that the secont attempt always succeeds and
|
---|
1935 | * assert otherwise.
|
---|
1936 | *
|
---|
1937 | * @note Technically, the second attempt may fail if, for example, the new hard
|
---|
1938 | * passed to this method disk gets removed before #startEnumeratingMedia()
|
---|
1939 | * succeeds. This (unexpected object uninitialization) is a generic
|
---|
1940 | * problem though and needs to be addressed using exceptions (see also the
|
---|
1941 | * @todo in VBoxMedium::details()).
|
---|
1942 | */
|
---|
1943 | QString VBoxGlobal::details (const CHardDisk2 &aHD,
|
---|
1944 | bool aPredictDiff)
|
---|
1945 | {
|
---|
1946 | CMedium cmedium (aHD);
|
---|
1947 | VBoxMedium medium;
|
---|
1948 |
|
---|
1949 | if (!findMedium (cmedium, medium))
|
---|
1950 | {
|
---|
1951 | /* media may be new and not alredy in the media list, request refresh */
|
---|
1952 | startEnumeratingMedia();
|
---|
1953 | if (!findMedium (cmedium, medium))
|
---|
1954 | {
|
---|
1955 | /// @todo Still not found. Means that we are trying to get details
|
---|
1956 | /// of a hard disk that was deleted by a third party before we got a
|
---|
1957 | /// chance to complete the task. Returning null in this case should
|
---|
1958 | /// be OK, For more information, see *** in VBoxMedium::etails().
|
---|
1959 | return QString::null;
|
---|
1960 | }
|
---|
1961 | }
|
---|
1962 |
|
---|
1963 | return medium.detailsHTML (true /* aNoDiffs */, aPredictDiff);
|
---|
1964 | }
|
---|
1965 |
|
---|
1966 | /**
|
---|
1967 | * Returns the details of the given USB device as a single-line string.
|
---|
1968 | */
|
---|
1969 | QString VBoxGlobal::details (const CUSBDevice &aDevice) const
|
---|
1970 | {
|
---|
1971 | QString details;
|
---|
1972 | QString m = aDevice.GetManufacturer().trimmed();
|
---|
1973 | QString p = aDevice.GetProduct().trimmed();
|
---|
1974 | if (m.isEmpty() && p.isEmpty())
|
---|
1975 | {
|
---|
1976 | details =
|
---|
1977 | tr ("Unknown device %1:%2", "USB device details")
|
---|
1978 | .arg (QString().sprintf ("%04hX", aDevice.GetVendorId()))
|
---|
1979 | .arg (QString().sprintf ("%04hX", aDevice.GetProductId()));
|
---|
1980 | }
|
---|
1981 | else
|
---|
1982 | {
|
---|
1983 | if (p.toUpper().startsWith (m.toUpper()))
|
---|
1984 | details = p;
|
---|
1985 | else
|
---|
1986 | details = m + " " + p;
|
---|
1987 | }
|
---|
1988 | ushort r = aDevice.GetRevision();
|
---|
1989 | if (r != 0)
|
---|
1990 | details += QString().sprintf (" [%04hX]", r);
|
---|
1991 |
|
---|
1992 | return details.trimmed();
|
---|
1993 | }
|
---|
1994 |
|
---|
1995 | /**
|
---|
1996 | * Returns the multi-line description of the given USB device.
|
---|
1997 | */
|
---|
1998 | QString VBoxGlobal::toolTip (const CUSBDevice &aDevice) const
|
---|
1999 | {
|
---|
2000 | QString tip =
|
---|
2001 | tr ("<nobr>Vendor ID: %1</nobr><br>"
|
---|
2002 | "<nobr>Product ID: %2</nobr><br>"
|
---|
2003 | "<nobr>Revision: %3</nobr>", "USB device tooltip")
|
---|
2004 | .arg (QString().sprintf ("%04hX", aDevice.GetVendorId()))
|
---|
2005 | .arg (QString().sprintf ("%04hX", aDevice.GetProductId()))
|
---|
2006 | .arg (QString().sprintf ("%04hX", aDevice.GetRevision()));
|
---|
2007 |
|
---|
2008 | QString ser = aDevice.GetSerialNumber();
|
---|
2009 | if (!ser.isEmpty())
|
---|
2010 | tip += QString (tr ("<br><nobr>Serial No. %1</nobr>", "USB device tooltip"))
|
---|
2011 | .arg (ser);
|
---|
2012 |
|
---|
2013 | /* add the state field if it's a host USB device */
|
---|
2014 | CHostUSBDevice hostDev (aDevice);
|
---|
2015 | if (!hostDev.isNull())
|
---|
2016 | {
|
---|
2017 | tip += QString (tr ("<br><nobr>State: %1</nobr>", "USB device tooltip"))
|
---|
2018 | .arg (vboxGlobal().toString (hostDev.GetState()));
|
---|
2019 | }
|
---|
2020 |
|
---|
2021 | return tip;
|
---|
2022 | }
|
---|
2023 |
|
---|
2024 | /**
|
---|
2025 | * Returns the multi-line description of the given USB filter
|
---|
2026 | */
|
---|
2027 | QString VBoxGlobal::toolTip (const CUSBDeviceFilter &aFilter) const
|
---|
2028 | {
|
---|
2029 | QString tip;
|
---|
2030 |
|
---|
2031 | QString vendorId = aFilter.GetVendorId();
|
---|
2032 | if (!vendorId.isEmpty())
|
---|
2033 | tip += tr ("<nobr>Vendor ID: %1</nobr>", "USB filter tooltip")
|
---|
2034 | .arg (vendorId);
|
---|
2035 |
|
---|
2036 | QString productId = aFilter.GetProductId();
|
---|
2037 | if (!productId.isEmpty())
|
---|
2038 | tip += tip.isEmpty() ? "":"<br/>" + tr ("<nobr>Product ID: %2</nobr>", "USB filter tooltip")
|
---|
2039 | .arg (productId);
|
---|
2040 |
|
---|
2041 | QString revision = aFilter.GetRevision();
|
---|
2042 | if (!revision.isEmpty())
|
---|
2043 | tip += tip.isEmpty() ? "":"<br/>" + tr ("<nobr>Revision: %3</nobr>", "USB filter tooltip")
|
---|
2044 | .arg (revision);
|
---|
2045 |
|
---|
2046 | QString product = aFilter.GetProduct();
|
---|
2047 | if (!product.isEmpty())
|
---|
2048 | tip += tip.isEmpty() ? "":"<br/>" + tr ("<nobr>Product: %4</nobr>", "USB filter tooltip")
|
---|
2049 | .arg (product);
|
---|
2050 |
|
---|
2051 | QString manufacturer = aFilter.GetManufacturer();
|
---|
2052 | if (!manufacturer.isEmpty())
|
---|
2053 | tip += tip.isEmpty() ? "":"<br/>" + tr ("<nobr>Manufacturer: %5</nobr>", "USB filter tooltip")
|
---|
2054 | .arg (manufacturer);
|
---|
2055 |
|
---|
2056 | QString serial = aFilter.GetSerialNumber();
|
---|
2057 | if (!serial.isEmpty())
|
---|
2058 | tip += tip.isEmpty() ? "":"<br/>" + tr ("<nobr>Serial No.: %1</nobr>", "USB filter tooltip")
|
---|
2059 | .arg (serial);
|
---|
2060 |
|
---|
2061 | QString port = aFilter.GetPort();
|
---|
2062 | if (!port.isEmpty())
|
---|
2063 | tip += tip.isEmpty() ? "":"<br/>" + tr ("<nobr>Port: %1</nobr>", "USB filter tooltip")
|
---|
2064 | .arg (port);
|
---|
2065 |
|
---|
2066 | /* add the state field if it's a host USB device */
|
---|
2067 | CHostUSBDevice hostDev (aFilter);
|
---|
2068 | if (!hostDev.isNull())
|
---|
2069 | {
|
---|
2070 | tip += tip.isEmpty() ? "":"<br/>" + tr ("<nobr>State: %1</nobr>", "USB filter tooltip")
|
---|
2071 | .arg (vboxGlobal().toString (hostDev.GetState()));
|
---|
2072 | }
|
---|
2073 |
|
---|
2074 | return tip;
|
---|
2075 | }
|
---|
2076 |
|
---|
2077 | /**
|
---|
2078 | * Returns a details report on a given VM represented as a HTML table.
|
---|
2079 | *
|
---|
2080 | * @param aMachine Machine to create a report for.
|
---|
2081 | * @param aIsNewVM @c true when called by the New VM Wizard.
|
---|
2082 | * @param aWithLinks @c true if section titles should be hypertext links.
|
---|
2083 | */
|
---|
2084 | QString VBoxGlobal::detailsReport (const CMachine &aMachine, bool aIsNewVM,
|
---|
2085 | bool aWithLinks)
|
---|
2086 | {
|
---|
2087 | static const char *sTableTpl =
|
---|
2088 | "<table border=0 cellspacing=1 cellpadding=0>%1</table>";
|
---|
2089 | static const char *sSectionHrefTpl =
|
---|
2090 | "<tr><td width=22 rowspan=%1 align=left><img src='%2'></td>"
|
---|
2091 | "<td colspan=2><b><a href='%3'><nobr>%4</nobr></a></b></td></tr>"
|
---|
2092 | "%5"
|
---|
2093 | "<tr><td colspan=2><font size=1> </font></td></tr>";
|
---|
2094 | static const char *sSectionBoldTpl =
|
---|
2095 | "<tr><td width=22 rowspan=%1 align=left><img src='%2'></td>"
|
---|
2096 | "<td colspan=2><!-- %3 --><b><nobr>%4</nobr></b></td></tr>"
|
---|
2097 | "%5"
|
---|
2098 | "<tr><td colspan=2><font size=1> </font></td></tr>";
|
---|
2099 | static const char *sSectionItemTpl =
|
---|
2100 | "<tr><td width=40%><nobr>%1</nobr></td><td>%2</td></tr>";
|
---|
2101 |
|
---|
2102 | static QString sGeneralBasicHrefTpl, sGeneralBasicBoldTpl;
|
---|
2103 | static QString sGeneralFullHrefTpl, sGeneralFullBoldTpl;
|
---|
2104 |
|
---|
2105 | /* generate templates after every language change */
|
---|
2106 |
|
---|
2107 | if (!detailReportTemplatesReady)
|
---|
2108 | {
|
---|
2109 | detailReportTemplatesReady = true;
|
---|
2110 |
|
---|
2111 | QString generalItems
|
---|
2112 | = QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("Name", "details report"), "%1")
|
---|
2113 | + QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("OS Type", "details report"), "%2")
|
---|
2114 | + QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("Base Memory", "details report"),
|
---|
2115 | tr ("<nobr>%3 MB</nobr>", "details report"));
|
---|
2116 | sGeneralBasicHrefTpl = QString (sSectionHrefTpl)
|
---|
2117 | .arg (2 + 3) /* rows */
|
---|
2118 | .arg (":/machine_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2119 | "#general", /* link */
|
---|
2120 | tr ("General", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2121 | generalItems); /* items */
|
---|
2122 | sGeneralBasicBoldTpl = QString (sSectionBoldTpl)
|
---|
2123 | .arg (2 + 3) /* rows */
|
---|
2124 | .arg (":/machine_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2125 | "#general", /* link */
|
---|
2126 | tr ("General", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2127 | generalItems); /* items */
|
---|
2128 |
|
---|
2129 | generalItems
|
---|
2130 | += QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("Video Memory", "details report"),
|
---|
2131 | tr ("<nobr>%4 MB</nobr>", "details report"))
|
---|
2132 | + QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("Boot Order", "details report"), "%5")
|
---|
2133 | + QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("ACPI", "details report"), "%6")
|
---|
2134 | + QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("IO APIC", "details report"), "%7")
|
---|
2135 | + QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("VT-x/AMD-V", "details report"), "%8")
|
---|
2136 | + QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("PAE/NX", "details report"), "%9")
|
---|
2137 | + QString (sSectionItemTpl).arg (tr ("3D Acceleration", "details report"), "%10");
|
---|
2138 |
|
---|
2139 | sGeneralFullHrefTpl = QString (sSectionHrefTpl)
|
---|
2140 | .arg (2 + 10) /* rows */
|
---|
2141 | .arg (":/machine_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2142 | "#general", /* link */
|
---|
2143 | tr ("General", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2144 | generalItems); /* items */
|
---|
2145 | sGeneralFullBoldTpl = QString (sSectionBoldTpl)
|
---|
2146 | .arg (2 + 10) /* rows */
|
---|
2147 | .arg (":/machine_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2148 | "#general", /* link */
|
---|
2149 | tr ("General", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2150 | generalItems); /* items */
|
---|
2151 | }
|
---|
2152 |
|
---|
2153 | /* common generated content */
|
---|
2154 |
|
---|
2155 | const QString §ionTpl = aWithLinks
|
---|
2156 | ? sSectionHrefTpl
|
---|
2157 | : sSectionBoldTpl;
|
---|
2158 |
|
---|
2159 | QString hardDisks;
|
---|
2160 | {
|
---|
2161 | int rows = 2; /* including section header and footer */
|
---|
2162 |
|
---|
2163 | CHardDisk2AttachmentVector vec = aMachine.GetHardDisk2Attachments();
|
---|
2164 | for (size_t i = 0; i < (size_t) vec.size(); ++ i)
|
---|
2165 | {
|
---|
2166 | CHardDisk2Attachment hda = vec [i];
|
---|
2167 | CHardDisk2 hd = hda.GetHardDisk();
|
---|
2168 |
|
---|
2169 | /// @todo for the explaination of the below isOk() checks, see ***
|
---|
2170 | /// in VBoxMedium::details().
|
---|
2171 | if (hda.isOk())
|
---|
2172 | {
|
---|
2173 | KStorageBus bus = hda.GetBus();
|
---|
2174 | LONG channel = hda.GetChannel();
|
---|
2175 | LONG device = hda.GetDevice();
|
---|
2176 | hardDisks += QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2177 | .arg (toFullString (bus, channel, device))
|
---|
2178 | .arg (details (hd, aIsNewVM));
|
---|
2179 | ++ rows;
|
---|
2180 | }
|
---|
2181 | }
|
---|
2182 |
|
---|
2183 | if (hardDisks.isNull())
|
---|
2184 | {
|
---|
2185 | hardDisks = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2186 | .arg (tr ("Not Attached", "details report (HDDs)")).arg ("");
|
---|
2187 | ++ rows;
|
---|
2188 | }
|
---|
2189 |
|
---|
2190 | hardDisks = sectionTpl
|
---|
2191 | .arg (rows) /* rows */
|
---|
2192 | .arg (":/hd_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2193 | "#hdds", /* link */
|
---|
2194 | tr ("Hard Disks", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2195 | hardDisks); /* items */
|
---|
2196 | }
|
---|
2197 |
|
---|
2198 | /* compose details report */
|
---|
2199 |
|
---|
2200 | const QString &generalBasicTpl = aWithLinks
|
---|
2201 | ? sGeneralBasicHrefTpl
|
---|
2202 | : sGeneralBasicBoldTpl;
|
---|
2203 |
|
---|
2204 | const QString &generalFullTpl = aWithLinks
|
---|
2205 | ? sGeneralFullHrefTpl
|
---|
2206 | : sGeneralFullBoldTpl;
|
---|
2207 |
|
---|
2208 | QString detailsReport;
|
---|
2209 |
|
---|
2210 | if (aIsNewVM)
|
---|
2211 | {
|
---|
2212 | detailsReport
|
---|
2213 | = generalBasicTpl
|
---|
2214 | .arg (aMachine.GetName())
|
---|
2215 | .arg (vmGuestOSTypeDescription (aMachine.GetOSTypeId()))
|
---|
2216 | .arg (aMachine.GetMemorySize())
|
---|
2217 | + hardDisks;
|
---|
2218 | }
|
---|
2219 | else
|
---|
2220 | {
|
---|
2221 | /* boot order */
|
---|
2222 | QString bootOrder;
|
---|
2223 | for (ulong i = 1; i <= mVBox.GetSystemProperties().GetMaxBootPosition(); i++)
|
---|
2224 | {
|
---|
2225 | KDeviceType device = aMachine.GetBootOrder (i);
|
---|
2226 | if (device == KDeviceType_Null)
|
---|
2227 | continue;
|
---|
2228 | if (!bootOrder.isEmpty())
|
---|
2229 | bootOrder += ", ";
|
---|
2230 | bootOrder += toString (device);
|
---|
2231 | }
|
---|
2232 | if (bootOrder.isEmpty())
|
---|
2233 | bootOrder = toString (KDeviceType_Null);
|
---|
2234 |
|
---|
2235 | CBIOSSettings biosSettings = aMachine.GetBIOSSettings();
|
---|
2236 |
|
---|
2237 | /* ACPI */
|
---|
2238 | QString acpi = biosSettings.GetACPIEnabled()
|
---|
2239 | ? tr ("Enabled", "details report (ACPI)")
|
---|
2240 | : tr ("Disabled", "details report (ACPI)");
|
---|
2241 |
|
---|
2242 | /* IO APIC */
|
---|
2243 | QString ioapic = biosSettings.GetIOAPICEnabled()
|
---|
2244 | ? tr ("Enabled", "details report (IO APIC)")
|
---|
2245 | : tr ("Disabled", "details report (IO APIC)");
|
---|
2246 |
|
---|
2247 | /* VT-x/AMD-V */
|
---|
2248 | QString virt = aMachine.GetHWVirtExEnabled() == KTSBool_True ?
|
---|
2249 | tr ("Enabled", "details report (VT-x/AMD-V)") :
|
---|
2250 | tr ("Disabled", "details report (VT-x/AMD-V)");
|
---|
2251 |
|
---|
2252 | /* PAE/NX */
|
---|
2253 | QString pae = aMachine.GetPAEEnabled()
|
---|
2254 | ? tr ("Enabled", "details report (PAE/NX)")
|
---|
2255 | : tr ("Disabled", "details report (PAE/NX)");
|
---|
2256 |
|
---|
2257 | /* 3D Acceleration */
|
---|
2258 | QString acc3d = aMachine.GetAccelerate3DEnabled()
|
---|
2259 | ? tr ("Enabled", "details report (3D Acceleration)")
|
---|
2260 | : tr ("Disabled", "details report (3D Acceleration)");
|
---|
2261 |
|
---|
2262 | /* General + Hard Disks */
|
---|
2263 | detailsReport
|
---|
2264 | = generalFullTpl
|
---|
2265 | .arg (aMachine.GetName())
|
---|
2266 | .arg (vmGuestOSTypeDescription (aMachine.GetOSTypeId()))
|
---|
2267 | .arg (aMachine.GetMemorySize())
|
---|
2268 | .arg (aMachine.GetVRAMSize())
|
---|
2269 | .arg (bootOrder)
|
---|
2270 | .arg (acpi)
|
---|
2271 | .arg (ioapic)
|
---|
2272 | .arg (virt)
|
---|
2273 | .arg (pae)
|
---|
2274 | .arg (acc3d)
|
---|
2275 | + hardDisks;
|
---|
2276 |
|
---|
2277 | QString item;
|
---|
2278 |
|
---|
2279 | /* DVD */
|
---|
2280 | CDVDDrive dvd = aMachine.GetDVDDrive();
|
---|
2281 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl);
|
---|
2282 | switch (dvd.GetState())
|
---|
2283 | {
|
---|
2284 | case KDriveState_NotMounted:
|
---|
2285 | item = item.arg (tr ("Not mounted", "details report (DVD)"), "");
|
---|
2286 | break;
|
---|
2287 | case KDriveState_ImageMounted:
|
---|
2288 | {
|
---|
2289 | CDVDImage2 img = dvd.GetImage();
|
---|
2290 | item = item.arg (tr ("Image", "details report (DVD)"),
|
---|
2291 | locationForHTML (img.GetName()));
|
---|
2292 | break;
|
---|
2293 | }
|
---|
2294 | case KDriveState_HostDriveCaptured:
|
---|
2295 | {
|
---|
2296 | CHostDVDDrive drv = dvd.GetHostDrive();
|
---|
2297 | QString drvName = drv.GetName();
|
---|
2298 | QString description = drv.GetDescription();
|
---|
2299 | QString fullName = description.isEmpty() ?
|
---|
2300 | drvName :
|
---|
2301 | QString ("%1 (%2)").arg (description, drvName);
|
---|
2302 | item = item.arg (tr ("Host Drive", "details report (DVD)"),
|
---|
2303 | fullName);
|
---|
2304 | break;
|
---|
2305 | }
|
---|
2306 | default:
|
---|
2307 | AssertMsgFailed (("Invalid DVD state: %d", dvd.GetState()));
|
---|
2308 | }
|
---|
2309 | detailsReport += sectionTpl
|
---|
2310 | .arg (2 + 1) /* rows */
|
---|
2311 | .arg (":/cd_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2312 | "#dvd", /* link */
|
---|
2313 | tr ("CD/DVD-ROM", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2314 | item); // items
|
---|
2315 |
|
---|
2316 | /* Floppy */
|
---|
2317 | CFloppyDrive floppy = aMachine.GetFloppyDrive();
|
---|
2318 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl);
|
---|
2319 | switch (floppy.GetState())
|
---|
2320 | {
|
---|
2321 | case KDriveState_NotMounted:
|
---|
2322 | item = item.arg (tr ("Not mounted", "details report (floppy)"), "");
|
---|
2323 | break;
|
---|
2324 | case KDriveState_ImageMounted:
|
---|
2325 | {
|
---|
2326 | CFloppyImage2 img = floppy.GetImage();
|
---|
2327 | item = item.arg (tr ("Image", "details report (floppy)"),
|
---|
2328 | locationForHTML (img.GetName()));
|
---|
2329 | break;
|
---|
2330 | }
|
---|
2331 | case KDriveState_HostDriveCaptured:
|
---|
2332 | {
|
---|
2333 | CHostFloppyDrive drv = floppy.GetHostDrive();
|
---|
2334 | QString drvName = drv.GetName();
|
---|
2335 | QString description = drv.GetDescription();
|
---|
2336 | QString fullName = description.isEmpty() ?
|
---|
2337 | drvName :
|
---|
2338 | QString ("%1 (%2)").arg (description, drvName);
|
---|
2339 | item = item.arg (tr ("Host Drive", "details report (floppy)"),
|
---|
2340 | fullName);
|
---|
2341 | break;
|
---|
2342 | }
|
---|
2343 | default:
|
---|
2344 | AssertMsgFailed (("Invalid floppy state: %d", floppy.GetState()));
|
---|
2345 | }
|
---|
2346 | detailsReport += sectionTpl
|
---|
2347 | .arg (2 + 1) /* rows */
|
---|
2348 | .arg (":/fd_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2349 | "#floppy", /* link */
|
---|
2350 | tr ("Floppy", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2351 | item); /* items */
|
---|
2352 |
|
---|
2353 | /* audio */
|
---|
2354 | {
|
---|
2355 | CAudioAdapter audio = aMachine.GetAudioAdapter();
|
---|
2356 | int rows = audio.GetEnabled() ? 3 : 2;
|
---|
2357 | if (audio.GetEnabled())
|
---|
2358 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2359 | .arg (tr ("Host Driver", "details report (audio)"),
|
---|
2360 | toString (audio.GetAudioDriver())) +
|
---|
2361 | QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2362 | .arg (tr ("Controller", "details report (audio)"),
|
---|
2363 | toString (audio.GetAudioController()));
|
---|
2364 | else
|
---|
2365 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2366 | .arg (tr ("Disabled", "details report (audio)"), "");
|
---|
2367 |
|
---|
2368 | detailsReport += sectionTpl
|
---|
2369 | .arg (rows + 1) /* rows */
|
---|
2370 | .arg (":/sound_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2371 | "#audio", /* link */
|
---|
2372 | tr ("Audio", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2373 | item); /* items */
|
---|
2374 | }
|
---|
2375 | /* network */
|
---|
2376 | {
|
---|
2377 | item = QString::null;
|
---|
2378 | ulong count = mVBox.GetSystemProperties().GetNetworkAdapterCount();
|
---|
2379 | int rows = 2; /* including section header and footer */
|
---|
2380 | for (ulong slot = 0; slot < count; slot ++)
|
---|
2381 | {
|
---|
2382 | CNetworkAdapter adapter = aMachine.GetNetworkAdapter (slot);
|
---|
2383 | if (adapter.GetEnabled())
|
---|
2384 | {
|
---|
2385 | KNetworkAttachmentType type = adapter.GetAttachmentType();
|
---|
2386 | QString attType = toString (adapter.GetAdapterType())
|
---|
2387 | .replace (QRegExp ("\\s\\(.+\\)"), " (%1)");
|
---|
2388 | /* don't use the adapter type string for types that have
|
---|
2389 | * an additional symbolic network/interface name field, use
|
---|
2390 | * this name instead */
|
---|
2391 | if (type == KNetworkAttachmentType_HostInterface)
|
---|
2392 | attType = attType.arg (tr ("host interface, %1",
|
---|
2393 | "details report (network)").arg (adapter.GetHostInterface()));
|
---|
2394 | else if (type == KNetworkAttachmentType_Internal)
|
---|
2395 | attType = attType.arg (tr ("internal network, '%1'",
|
---|
2396 | "details report (network)").arg (adapter.GetInternalNetwork()));
|
---|
2397 | else
|
---|
2398 | attType = attType.arg (vboxGlobal().toString (type));
|
---|
2399 |
|
---|
2400 | item += QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2401 | .arg (tr ("Adapter %1", "details report (network)")
|
---|
2402 | .arg (adapter.GetSlot() + 1))
|
---|
2403 | .arg (attType);
|
---|
2404 | ++ rows;
|
---|
2405 | }
|
---|
2406 | }
|
---|
2407 | if (item.isNull())
|
---|
2408 | {
|
---|
2409 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2410 | .arg (tr ("Disabled", "details report (network)"), "");
|
---|
2411 | ++ rows;
|
---|
2412 | }
|
---|
2413 |
|
---|
2414 | detailsReport += sectionTpl
|
---|
2415 | .arg (rows) /* rows */
|
---|
2416 | .arg (":/nw_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2417 | "#network", /* link */
|
---|
2418 | tr ("Network", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2419 | item); /* items */
|
---|
2420 | }
|
---|
2421 | /* serial ports */
|
---|
2422 | {
|
---|
2423 | item = QString::null;
|
---|
2424 | ulong count = mVBox.GetSystemProperties().GetSerialPortCount();
|
---|
2425 | int rows = 2; /* including section header and footer */
|
---|
2426 | for (ulong slot = 0; slot < count; slot ++)
|
---|
2427 | {
|
---|
2428 | CSerialPort port = aMachine.GetSerialPort (slot);
|
---|
2429 | if (port.GetEnabled())
|
---|
2430 | {
|
---|
2431 | KPortMode mode = port.GetHostMode();
|
---|
2432 | QString data =
|
---|
2433 | toCOMPortName (port.GetIRQ(), port.GetIOBase()) + ", ";
|
---|
2434 | if (mode == KPortMode_HostPipe ||
|
---|
2435 | mode == KPortMode_HostDevice)
|
---|
2436 | data += QString ("%1 (<nobr>%2</nobr>)")
|
---|
2437 | .arg (vboxGlobal().toString (mode))
|
---|
2438 | .arg (QDir::toNativeSeparators (port.GetPath()));
|
---|
2439 | else
|
---|
2440 | data += toString (mode);
|
---|
2441 |
|
---|
2442 | item += QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2443 | .arg (tr ("Port %1", "details report (serial ports)")
|
---|
2444 | .arg (port.GetSlot() + 1))
|
---|
2445 | .arg (data);
|
---|
2446 | ++ rows;
|
---|
2447 | }
|
---|
2448 | }
|
---|
2449 | if (item.isNull())
|
---|
2450 | {
|
---|
2451 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2452 | .arg (tr ("Disabled", "details report (serial ports)"), "");
|
---|
2453 | ++ rows;
|
---|
2454 | }
|
---|
2455 |
|
---|
2456 | detailsReport += sectionTpl
|
---|
2457 | .arg (rows) /* rows */
|
---|
2458 | .arg (":/serial_port_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2459 | "#serialPorts", /* link */
|
---|
2460 | tr ("Serial Ports", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2461 | item); /* items */
|
---|
2462 | }
|
---|
2463 | /* parallel ports */
|
---|
2464 | {
|
---|
2465 | item = QString::null;
|
---|
2466 | ulong count = mVBox.GetSystemProperties().GetParallelPortCount();
|
---|
2467 | int rows = 2; /* including section header and footer */
|
---|
2468 | for (ulong slot = 0; slot < count; slot ++)
|
---|
2469 | {
|
---|
2470 | CParallelPort port = aMachine.GetParallelPort (slot);
|
---|
2471 | if (port.GetEnabled())
|
---|
2472 | {
|
---|
2473 | QString data =
|
---|
2474 | toLPTPortName (port.GetIRQ(), port.GetIOBase()) +
|
---|
2475 | QString (" (<nobr>%1</nobr>)")
|
---|
2476 | .arg (QDir::toNativeSeparators (port.GetPath()));
|
---|
2477 |
|
---|
2478 | item += QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2479 | .arg (tr ("Port %1", "details report (parallel ports)")
|
---|
2480 | .arg (port.GetSlot() + 1))
|
---|
2481 | .arg (data);
|
---|
2482 | ++ rows;
|
---|
2483 | }
|
---|
2484 | }
|
---|
2485 | if (item.isNull())
|
---|
2486 | {
|
---|
2487 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2488 | .arg (tr ("Disabled", "details report (parallel ports)"), "");
|
---|
2489 | ++ rows;
|
---|
2490 | }
|
---|
2491 |
|
---|
2492 | /* Temporary disabled */
|
---|
2493 | QString dummy = sectionTpl /* detailsReport += sectionTpl */
|
---|
2494 | .arg (rows) /* rows */
|
---|
2495 | .arg (":/parallel_port_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2496 | "#parallelPorts", /* link */
|
---|
2497 | tr ("Parallel Ports", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2498 | item); /* items */
|
---|
2499 | }
|
---|
2500 | /* USB */
|
---|
2501 | {
|
---|
2502 | CUSBController ctl = aMachine.GetUSBController();
|
---|
2503 | if (!ctl.isNull())
|
---|
2504 | {
|
---|
2505 | /* the USB controller may be unavailable (i.e. in VirtualBox OSE) */
|
---|
2506 |
|
---|
2507 | if (ctl.GetEnabled())
|
---|
2508 | {
|
---|
2509 | CUSBDeviceFilterCollection coll = ctl.GetDeviceFilters();
|
---|
2510 | CUSBDeviceFilterEnumerator en = coll.Enumerate();
|
---|
2511 | uint active = 0;
|
---|
2512 | while (en.HasMore())
|
---|
2513 | if (en.GetNext().GetActive())
|
---|
2514 | active ++;
|
---|
2515 |
|
---|
2516 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2517 | .arg (tr ("Device Filters", "details report (USB)"),
|
---|
2518 | tr ("%1 (%2 active)", "details report (USB)")
|
---|
2519 | .arg (coll.GetCount()).arg (active));
|
---|
2520 | }
|
---|
2521 | else
|
---|
2522 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2523 | .arg (tr ("Disabled", "details report (USB)"), "");
|
---|
2524 |
|
---|
2525 | detailsReport += sectionTpl
|
---|
2526 | .arg (2 + 1) /* rows */
|
---|
2527 | .arg (":/usb_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2528 | "#usb", /* link */
|
---|
2529 | tr ("USB", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2530 | item); /* items */
|
---|
2531 | }
|
---|
2532 | }
|
---|
2533 | /* Shared folders */
|
---|
2534 | {
|
---|
2535 | ulong count = aMachine.GetSharedFolders().GetCount();
|
---|
2536 | if (count > 0)
|
---|
2537 | {
|
---|
2538 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2539 | .arg (tr ("Shared Folders", "details report (shared folders)"),
|
---|
2540 | tr ("%1", "details report (shadef folders)")
|
---|
2541 | .arg (count));
|
---|
2542 | }
|
---|
2543 | else
|
---|
2544 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2545 | .arg (tr ("None", "details report (shared folders)"), "");
|
---|
2546 |
|
---|
2547 | detailsReport += sectionTpl
|
---|
2548 | .arg (2 + 1) /* rows */
|
---|
2549 | .arg (":/shared_folder_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2550 | "#sfolders", /* link */
|
---|
2551 | tr ("Shared Folders", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2552 | item); /* items */
|
---|
2553 | }
|
---|
2554 | /* VRDP */
|
---|
2555 | {
|
---|
2556 | CVRDPServer srv = aMachine.GetVRDPServer();
|
---|
2557 | if (!srv.isNull())
|
---|
2558 | {
|
---|
2559 | /* the VRDP server may be unavailable (i.e. in VirtualBox OSE) */
|
---|
2560 |
|
---|
2561 | if (srv.GetEnabled())
|
---|
2562 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2563 | .arg (tr ("VRDP Server Port", "details report (VRDP)"),
|
---|
2564 | tr ("%1", "details report (VRDP)")
|
---|
2565 | .arg (srv.GetPort()));
|
---|
2566 | else
|
---|
2567 | item = QString (sSectionItemTpl)
|
---|
2568 | .arg (tr ("Disabled", "details report (VRDP)"), "");
|
---|
2569 |
|
---|
2570 | detailsReport += sectionTpl
|
---|
2571 | .arg (2 + 1) /* rows */
|
---|
2572 | .arg (":/vrdp_16px.png", /* icon */
|
---|
2573 | "#vrdp", /* link */
|
---|
2574 | tr ("Remote Display", "details report"), /* title */
|
---|
2575 | item); /* items */
|
---|
2576 | }
|
---|
2577 | }
|
---|
2578 | }
|
---|
2579 |
|
---|
2580 | return QString (sTableTpl). arg (detailsReport);
|
---|
2581 | }
|
---|
2582 |
|
---|
2583 | QString VBoxGlobal::platformInfo()
|
---|
2584 | {
|
---|
2585 | QString platform;
|
---|
2586 |
|
---|
2587 | #if defined (Q_OS_WIN)
|
---|
2588 | platform = "win";
|
---|
2589 | #elif defined (Q_OS_LINUX)
|
---|
2590 | platform = "linux";
|
---|
2591 | #elif defined (Q_OS_MACX)
|
---|
2592 | platform = "macosx";
|
---|
2593 | #elif defined (Q_OS_OS2)
|
---|
2594 | platform = "os2";
|
---|
2595 | #elif defined (Q_OS_FREEBSD)
|
---|
2596 | platform = "freebsd";
|
---|
2597 | #elif defined (Q_OS_SOLARIS)
|
---|
2598 | platform = "solaris";
|
---|
2599 | #else
|
---|
2600 | platform = "unknown";
|
---|
2601 | #endif
|
---|
2602 |
|
---|
2603 | /* The format is <system>.<bitness> */
|
---|
2604 | platform += QString (".%1").arg (ARCH_BITS);
|
---|
2605 |
|
---|
2606 | /* Add more system information */
|
---|
2607 | #if defined (Q_OS_WIN)
|
---|
2608 | OSVERSIONINFO versionInfo;
|
---|
2609 | ZeroMemory (&versionInfo, sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO));
|
---|
2610 | versionInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
|
---|
2611 | GetVersionEx (&versionInfo);
|
---|
2612 | int major = versionInfo.dwMajorVersion;
|
---|
2613 | int minor = versionInfo.dwMinorVersion;
|
---|
2614 | int build = versionInfo.dwBuildNumber;
|
---|
2615 | QString sp = QString::fromUtf16 ((ushort*)versionInfo.szCSDVersion);
|
---|
2616 |
|
---|
2617 | QString distrib;
|
---|
2618 | if (major == 6)
|
---|
2619 | distrib = QString ("Windows Vista %1");
|
---|
2620 | else if (major == 5)
|
---|
2621 | {
|
---|
2622 | if (minor == 2)
|
---|
2623 | distrib = QString ("Windows Server 2003 %1");
|
---|
2624 | else if (minor == 1)
|
---|
2625 | distrib = QString ("Windows XP %1");
|
---|
2626 | else if (minor == 0)
|
---|
2627 | distrib = QString ("Windows 2000 %1");
|
---|
2628 | else
|
---|
2629 | distrib = QString ("Unknown %1");
|
---|
2630 | }
|
---|
2631 | else if (major == 4)
|
---|
2632 | {
|
---|
2633 | if (minor == 90)
|
---|
2634 | distrib = QString ("Windows Me %1");
|
---|
2635 | else if (minor == 10)
|
---|
2636 | distrib = QString ("Windows 98 %1");
|
---|
2637 | else if (minor == 0)
|
---|
2638 | distrib = QString ("Windows 95 %1");
|
---|
2639 | else
|
---|
2640 | distrib = QString ("Unknown %1");
|
---|
2641 | }
|
---|
2642 | else
|
---|
2643 | distrib = QString ("Unknown %1");
|
---|
2644 | distrib = distrib.arg (sp);
|
---|
2645 | QString version = QString ("%1.%2").arg (major).arg (minor);
|
---|
2646 | QString kernel = QString ("%1").arg (build);
|
---|
2647 | platform += QString (" [Distribution: %1 | Version: %2 | Build: %3]")
|
---|
2648 | .arg (distrib).arg (version).arg (kernel);
|
---|
2649 | #elif defined (Q_OS_OS2)
|
---|
2650 | // TODO: add sys info for os2 if any...
|
---|
2651 | #elif defined (Q_OS_LINUX) || defined (Q_OS_MACX) || defined (Q_OS_FREEBSD) || defined (Q_OS_SOLARIS)
|
---|
2652 | /* Get script path */
|
---|
2653 | char szAppPrivPath [RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
2654 | int rc = RTPathAppPrivateNoArch (szAppPrivPath, sizeof (szAppPrivPath)); NOREF(rc);
|
---|
2655 | AssertRC (rc);
|
---|
2656 | /* Run script */
|
---|
2657 | QByteArray result =
|
---|
2658 | Process::singleShot (QString (szAppPrivPath) + "/VBoxSysInfo.sh");
|
---|
2659 | if (!result.isNull())
|
---|
2660 | platform += QString (" [%1]").arg (QString (result).trimmed());
|
---|
2661 | #endif
|
---|
2662 |
|
---|
2663 | return platform;
|
---|
2664 | }
|
---|
2665 |
|
---|
2666 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(VBOX_OSE)
|
---|
2667 | double VBoxGlobal::findLicenseFile (const QStringList &aFilesList, QRegExp aPattern, QString &aLicenseFile) const
|
---|
2668 | {
|
---|
2669 | double maxVersionNumber = 0;
|
---|
2670 | aLicenseFile = "";
|
---|
2671 | for (int index = 0; index < aFilesList.count(); ++ index)
|
---|
2672 | {
|
---|
2673 | aPattern.indexIn (aFilesList [index]);
|
---|
2674 | QString version = aPattern.cap (1);
|
---|
2675 | if (maxVersionNumber < version.toDouble())
|
---|
2676 | {
|
---|
2677 | maxVersionNumber = version.toDouble();
|
---|
2678 | aLicenseFile = aFilesList [index];
|
---|
2679 | }
|
---|
2680 | }
|
---|
2681 | return maxVersionNumber;
|
---|
2682 | }
|
---|
2683 |
|
---|
2684 | bool VBoxGlobal::showVirtualBoxLicense()
|
---|
2685 | {
|
---|
2686 | /* get the apps doc path */
|
---|
2687 | int size = 256;
|
---|
2688 | char *buffer = (char*) RTMemTmpAlloc (size);
|
---|
2689 | RTPathAppDocs (buffer, size);
|
---|
2690 | QString path (buffer);
|
---|
2691 | RTMemTmpFree (buffer);
|
---|
2692 | QDir docDir (path);
|
---|
2693 | docDir.setFilter (QDir::Files);
|
---|
2694 | docDir.setNameFilters (QStringList ("License-*.html"));
|
---|
2695 |
|
---|
2696 | /* Make sure that the language is in two letter code.
|
---|
2697 | * Note: if languageId() returns an empty string lang.name() will
|
---|
2698 | * return "C" which is an valid language code. */
|
---|
2699 | QLocale lang (VBoxGlobal::languageId());
|
---|
2700 |
|
---|
2701 | QStringList filesList = docDir.entryList();
|
---|
2702 | QString licenseFile;
|
---|
2703 | /* First try to find a localized version of the license file. */
|
---|
2704 | double versionNumber = findLicenseFile (filesList, QRegExp (QString ("License-([\\d\\.]+)-%1.html").arg (lang.name())), licenseFile);
|
---|
2705 | /* If there wasn't a localized version of the currently selected language,
|
---|
2706 | * search for the generic one. */
|
---|
2707 | if (versionNumber == 0)
|
---|
2708 | versionNumber = findLicenseFile (filesList, QRegExp ("License-([\\d\\.]+).html"), licenseFile);
|
---|
2709 | /* Check the version again. */
|
---|
2710 | if (!versionNumber)
|
---|
2711 | {
|
---|
2712 | vboxProblem().cannotFindLicenseFiles (path);
|
---|
2713 | return false;
|
---|
2714 | }
|
---|
2715 |
|
---|
2716 | /* compose the latest license file full path */
|
---|
2717 | QString latestVersion = QString::number (versionNumber);
|
---|
2718 | QString latestFilePath = docDir.absoluteFilePath (licenseFile);
|
---|
2719 |
|
---|
2720 | /* check for the agreed license version */
|
---|
2721 | QString licenseAgreed = virtualBox().GetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_LicenseKey);
|
---|
2722 | if (licenseAgreed == latestVersion)
|
---|
2723 | return true;
|
---|
2724 |
|
---|
2725 | VBoxLicenseViewer licenseDialog (latestFilePath);
|
---|
2726 | bool result = licenseDialog.exec() == QDialog::Accepted;
|
---|
2727 | if (result)
|
---|
2728 | virtualBox().SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_LicenseKey, latestVersion);
|
---|
2729 | return result;
|
---|
2730 | }
|
---|
2731 | #endif /* defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(VBOX_OSE) */
|
---|
2732 |
|
---|
2733 | /**
|
---|
2734 | * Checks if any of the settings files were auto-converted and informs the user
|
---|
2735 | * if so. Returns @c false if the user select to exit the application.
|
---|
2736 | *
|
---|
2737 | * @param aAfterRefresh @c true to suppress the first simple dialog aExit
|
---|
2738 | * button. Used when calling after the VM refresh.
|
---|
2739 | */
|
---|
2740 | bool VBoxGlobal::checkForAutoConvertedSettings (bool aAfterRefresh /*= false*/)
|
---|
2741 | {
|
---|
2742 | QString formatVersion = mVBox.GetSettingsFormatVersion();
|
---|
2743 |
|
---|
2744 | bool isGlobalConverted = false;
|
---|
2745 | QList <CMachine> machines;
|
---|
2746 | QString fileList;
|
---|
2747 | QString version;
|
---|
2748 |
|
---|
2749 | CMachineVector vec = mVBox.GetMachines2();
|
---|
2750 | for (CMachineVector::ConstIterator m = vec.begin();
|
---|
2751 | m != vec.end(); ++ m)
|
---|
2752 | {
|
---|
2753 | if (!m->GetAccessible())
|
---|
2754 | continue;
|
---|
2755 |
|
---|
2756 | version = m->GetSettingsFileVersion();
|
---|
2757 | if (version != formatVersion)
|
---|
2758 | {
|
---|
2759 | machines.append (*m);
|
---|
2760 | fileList += QString ("<tr><td><nobr>%1</nobr></td><td> </td>"
|
---|
2761 | "</td><td><nobr><i>%2</i></nobr></td></tr>")
|
---|
2762 | .arg (m->GetSettingsFilePath())
|
---|
2763 | .arg (version);
|
---|
2764 | }
|
---|
2765 | }
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 | if (!aAfterRefresh)
|
---|
2768 | {
|
---|
2769 | version = mVBox.GetSettingsFileVersion();
|
---|
2770 | if (version != formatVersion)
|
---|
2771 | {
|
---|
2772 | isGlobalConverted = true;
|
---|
2773 | fileList += QString ("<tr><td><nobr>%1</nobr></td><td> </td>"
|
---|
2774 | "</td><td><nobr><i>%2</i></nobr></td></tr>")
|
---|
2775 | .arg (mVBox.GetSettingsFilePath())
|
---|
2776 | .arg (version);
|
---|
2777 | }
|
---|
2778 | }
|
---|
2779 |
|
---|
2780 | if (!fileList.isNull())
|
---|
2781 | {
|
---|
2782 | fileList = QString ("<table cellspacing=0 cellpadding=0>%1</table>")
|
---|
2783 | .arg (fileList);
|
---|
2784 |
|
---|
2785 | int rc = vboxProblem()
|
---|
2786 | .warnAboutAutoConvertedSettings (formatVersion, fileList,
|
---|
2787 | aAfterRefresh);
|
---|
2788 |
|
---|
2789 | if (rc == QIMessageBox::Cancel)
|
---|
2790 | return false;
|
---|
2791 |
|
---|
2792 | Assert (rc == QIMessageBox::No || rc == QIMessageBox::Yes);
|
---|
2793 |
|
---|
2794 | /* backup (optionally) and save all settings files
|
---|
2795 | * (QIMessageBox::No = Backup, QIMessageBox::Yes = Save) */
|
---|
2796 |
|
---|
2797 | foreach (CMachine m, machines)
|
---|
2798 | {
|
---|
2799 | CSession session = openSession (m.GetId());
|
---|
2800 | if (!session.isNull())
|
---|
2801 | {
|
---|
2802 | CMachine sm = session.GetMachine();
|
---|
2803 | if (rc == QIMessageBox::No)
|
---|
2804 | sm.SaveSettingsWithBackup();
|
---|
2805 | else
|
---|
2806 | sm.SaveSettings();
|
---|
2807 |
|
---|
2808 | if (!sm.isOk())
|
---|
2809 | vboxProblem().cannotSaveMachineSettings (sm);
|
---|
2810 | session.Close();
|
---|
2811 | }
|
---|
2812 | }
|
---|
2813 |
|
---|
2814 | if (isGlobalConverted)
|
---|
2815 | {
|
---|
2816 | if (rc == QIMessageBox::No)
|
---|
2817 | mVBox.SaveSettingsWithBackup();
|
---|
2818 | else
|
---|
2819 | mVBox.SaveSettings();
|
---|
2820 |
|
---|
2821 | if (!mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
2822 | vboxProblem().cannotSaveGlobalSettings (mVBox);
|
---|
2823 | }
|
---|
2824 | }
|
---|
2825 |
|
---|
2826 | return true;
|
---|
2827 | }
|
---|
2828 |
|
---|
2829 | /**
|
---|
2830 | * Opens a direct session for a machine with the given ID.
|
---|
2831 | * This method does user-friendly error handling (display error messages, etc.).
|
---|
2832 | * and returns a null CSession object in case of any error.
|
---|
2833 | * If this method succeeds, don't forget to close the returned session when
|
---|
2834 | * it is no more necessary.
|
---|
2835 | *
|
---|
2836 | * @param aId Machine ID.
|
---|
2837 | * @param aExisting @c true to open an existing session with the machine
|
---|
2838 | * which is already running, @c false to open a new direct
|
---|
2839 | * session.
|
---|
2840 | */
|
---|
2841 | CSession VBoxGlobal::openSession (const QUuid &aId, bool aExisting /* = false */)
|
---|
2842 | {
|
---|
2843 | CSession session;
|
---|
2844 | session.createInstance (CLSID_Session);
|
---|
2845 | if (session.isNull())
|
---|
2846 | {
|
---|
2847 | vboxProblem().cannotOpenSession (session);
|
---|
2848 | return session;
|
---|
2849 | }
|
---|
2850 |
|
---|
2851 | if (aExisting)
|
---|
2852 | mVBox.OpenExistingSession (session, aId);
|
---|
2853 | else
|
---|
2854 | {
|
---|
2855 | mVBox.OpenSession (session, aId);
|
---|
2856 | CMachine machine = session.GetMachine ();
|
---|
2857 | /* Make sure that the language is in two letter code.
|
---|
2858 | * Note: if languageId() returns an empty string lang.name() will
|
---|
2859 | * return "C" which is an valid language code. */
|
---|
2860 | QLocale lang (VBoxGlobal::languageId());
|
---|
2861 | machine.SetGuestPropertyValue ("/VirtualBox/HostInfo/GUI/LanguageID", lang.name());
|
---|
2862 | }
|
---|
2863 |
|
---|
2864 | if (!mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
2865 | {
|
---|
2866 | CMachine machine = CVirtualBox (mVBox).GetMachine (aId);
|
---|
2867 | vboxProblem().cannotOpenSession (mVBox, machine);
|
---|
2868 | session.detach();
|
---|
2869 | }
|
---|
2870 |
|
---|
2871 | return session;
|
---|
2872 | }
|
---|
2873 |
|
---|
2874 | /**
|
---|
2875 | * Starts a machine with the given ID.
|
---|
2876 | */
|
---|
2877 | bool VBoxGlobal::startMachine (const QUuid &id)
|
---|
2878 | {
|
---|
2879 | AssertReturn (mValid, false);
|
---|
2880 |
|
---|
2881 | CSession session = vboxGlobal().openSession (id);
|
---|
2882 | if (session.isNull())
|
---|
2883 | return false;
|
---|
2884 |
|
---|
2885 | return consoleWnd().openView (session);
|
---|
2886 | }
|
---|
2887 |
|
---|
2888 | /**
|
---|
2889 | * Appends the given list of hard disks and all their children to the media
|
---|
2890 | * list. To be called only from VBoxGlobal::startEnumeratingMedia().
|
---|
2891 | */
|
---|
2892 | static
|
---|
2893 | void AddHardDisksToList (const CHardDisk2Vector &aVector,
|
---|
2894 | VBoxMediaList &aList,
|
---|
2895 | VBoxMediaList::iterator aWhere,
|
---|
2896 | VBoxMedium *aParent = 0)
|
---|
2897 | {
|
---|
2898 | VBoxMediaList::iterator first = aWhere;
|
---|
2899 |
|
---|
2900 | /* First pass: Add siblings sorted */
|
---|
2901 | for (CHardDisk2Vector::ConstIterator it = aVector.begin();
|
---|
2902 | it != aVector.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
2903 | {
|
---|
2904 | CMedium cmedium (*it);
|
---|
2905 | VBoxMedium medium (cmedium, VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk, aParent);
|
---|
2906 |
|
---|
2907 | /* Search for a proper alphabetic position */
|
---|
2908 | VBoxMediaList::iterator jt = first;
|
---|
2909 | for (; jt != aWhere; ++ jt)
|
---|
2910 | if ((*jt).name().localeAwareCompare (medium.name()) > 0)
|
---|
2911 | break;
|
---|
2912 |
|
---|
2913 | aList.insert (jt, medium);
|
---|
2914 |
|
---|
2915 | /* Adjust the first item if inserted before it */
|
---|
2916 | if (jt == first)
|
---|
2917 | -- first;
|
---|
2918 | }
|
---|
2919 |
|
---|
2920 | /* Second pass: Add children */
|
---|
2921 | for (VBoxMediaList::iterator it = first; it != aWhere;)
|
---|
2922 | {
|
---|
2923 | CHardDisk2Vector children = (*it).hardDisk().GetChildren();
|
---|
2924 | VBoxMedium *parent = &(*it);
|
---|
2925 |
|
---|
2926 | ++ it; /* go to the next sibling before inserting children */
|
---|
2927 | AddHardDisksToList (children, aList, it, parent);
|
---|
2928 | }
|
---|
2929 | }
|
---|
2930 |
|
---|
2931 | /**
|
---|
2932 | * Starts a thread that asynchronously enumerates all currently registered
|
---|
2933 | * media.
|
---|
2934 | *
|
---|
2935 | * Before the enumeration is started, the current media list (a list returned by
|
---|
2936 | * #currentMediaList()) is populated with all registered media and the
|
---|
2937 | * #mediumEnumStarted() signal is emitted. The enumeration thread then walks this
|
---|
2938 | * list, checks for media acessiblity and emits #mediumEnumerated() signals of
|
---|
2939 | * each checked medium. When all media are checked, the enumeration thread is
|
---|
2940 | * stopped and the #mediumEnumFinished() signal is emitted.
|
---|
2941 | *
|
---|
2942 | * If the enumeration is already in progress, no new thread is started.
|
---|
2943 | *
|
---|
2944 | * The media list returned by #currentMediaList() is always sorted
|
---|
2945 | * alphabetically by the location attribute and comes in the following order:
|
---|
2946 | * <ol>
|
---|
2947 | * <li>All hard disks. If a hard disk has children, these children
|
---|
2948 | * (alphabetically sorted) immediately follow their parent and terefore
|
---|
2949 | * appear before its next sibling hard disk.</li>
|
---|
2950 | * <li>All CD/DVD images.</li>
|
---|
2951 | * <li>All Floppy images.</li>
|
---|
2952 | * </ol>
|
---|
2953 | *
|
---|
2954 | * Note that #mediumEnumerated() signals are emitted in the same order as
|
---|
2955 | * described above.
|
---|
2956 | *
|
---|
2957 | * @sa #currentMediaList()
|
---|
2958 | * @sa #isMediaEnumerationStarted()
|
---|
2959 | */
|
---|
2960 | void VBoxGlobal::startEnumeratingMedia()
|
---|
2961 | {
|
---|
2962 | AssertReturnVoid (mValid);
|
---|
2963 |
|
---|
2964 | /* check if already started but not yet finished */
|
---|
2965 | if (mMediaEnumThread != NULL)
|
---|
2966 | return;
|
---|
2967 |
|
---|
2968 | /* ignore the request during application termination */
|
---|
2969 | if (sVBoxGlobalInCleanup)
|
---|
2970 | return;
|
---|
2971 |
|
---|
2972 | /* composes a list of all currently known media & their children */
|
---|
2973 | mMediaList.clear();
|
---|
2974 | {
|
---|
2975 | AddHardDisksToList (mVBox.GetHardDisks2(), mMediaList, mMediaList.end());
|
---|
2976 | }
|
---|
2977 | {
|
---|
2978 | VBoxMediaList::iterator first = mMediaList.end();
|
---|
2979 |
|
---|
2980 | CDVDImage2Vector vec = mVBox.GetDVDImages();
|
---|
2981 | for (CDVDImage2Vector::ConstIterator it = vec.begin();
|
---|
2982 | it != vec.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
2983 | {
|
---|
2984 | CMedium cmedium (*it);
|
---|
2985 | VBoxMedium medium (cmedium, VBoxDefs::MediaType_DVD);
|
---|
2986 |
|
---|
2987 | /* Search for a proper alphabetic position */
|
---|
2988 | VBoxMediaList::iterator jt = first;
|
---|
2989 | for (; jt != mMediaList.end(); ++ jt)
|
---|
2990 | if ((*jt).name().localeAwareCompare (medium.name()) > 0)
|
---|
2991 | break;
|
---|
2992 |
|
---|
2993 | mMediaList.insert (jt, medium);
|
---|
2994 |
|
---|
2995 | /* Adjust the first item if inserted before it */
|
---|
2996 | if (jt == first)
|
---|
2997 | -- first;
|
---|
2998 | }
|
---|
2999 | }
|
---|
3000 | {
|
---|
3001 | VBoxMediaList::iterator first = mMediaList.end();
|
---|
3002 |
|
---|
3003 | CFloppyImage2Vector vec = mVBox.GetFloppyImages();
|
---|
3004 | for (CFloppyImage2Vector::ConstIterator it = vec.begin();
|
---|
3005 | it != vec.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
3006 | {
|
---|
3007 | CMedium cmedium (*it);
|
---|
3008 | VBoxMedium medium (cmedium, VBoxDefs::MediaType_Floppy);
|
---|
3009 |
|
---|
3010 | /* Search for a proper alphabetic position */
|
---|
3011 | VBoxMediaList::iterator jt = first;
|
---|
3012 | for (; jt != mMediaList.end(); ++ jt)
|
---|
3013 | if ((*jt).name().localeAwareCompare (medium.name()) > 0)
|
---|
3014 | break;
|
---|
3015 |
|
---|
3016 | mMediaList.insert (jt, medium);
|
---|
3017 |
|
---|
3018 | /* Adjust the first item if inserted before it */
|
---|
3019 | if (jt == first)
|
---|
3020 | -- first;
|
---|
3021 | }
|
---|
3022 | }
|
---|
3023 |
|
---|
3024 | /* enumeration thread class */
|
---|
3025 | class MediaEnumThread : public QThread
|
---|
3026 | {
|
---|
3027 | public:
|
---|
3028 |
|
---|
3029 | MediaEnumThread (VBoxMediaList &aList)
|
---|
3030 | : mVector (aList.size())
|
---|
3031 | , mSavedIt (aList.begin())
|
---|
3032 | {
|
---|
3033 | int i = 0;
|
---|
3034 | for (VBoxMediaList::const_iterator it = aList.begin();
|
---|
3035 | it != aList.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
3036 | mVector [i ++] = *it;
|
---|
3037 | }
|
---|
3038 |
|
---|
3039 | virtual void run()
|
---|
3040 | {
|
---|
3041 | LogFlow (("MediaEnumThread started.\n"));
|
---|
3042 | COMBase::InitializeCOM();
|
---|
3043 |
|
---|
3044 | CVirtualBox mVBox = vboxGlobal().virtualBox();
|
---|
3045 | QObject *self = &vboxGlobal();
|
---|
3046 |
|
---|
3047 | /* Enumerate the list */
|
---|
3048 | for (int i = 0; i < mVector.size() && !sVBoxGlobalInCleanup; ++ i)
|
---|
3049 | {
|
---|
3050 | mVector [i].blockAndQueryState();
|
---|
3051 | QApplication::
|
---|
3052 | postEvent (self,
|
---|
3053 | new VBoxMediaEnumEvent (mVector [i], mSavedIt));
|
---|
3054 | }
|
---|
3055 |
|
---|
3056 | /* Post the end-of-enumeration event */
|
---|
3057 | if (!sVBoxGlobalInCleanup)
|
---|
3058 | QApplication::postEvent (self, new VBoxMediaEnumEvent (mSavedIt));
|
---|
3059 |
|
---|
3060 | COMBase::CleanupCOM();
|
---|
3061 | LogFlow (("MediaEnumThread finished.\n"));
|
---|
3062 | }
|
---|
3063 |
|
---|
3064 | private:
|
---|
3065 |
|
---|
3066 | QVector <VBoxMedium> mVector;
|
---|
3067 | VBoxMediaList::iterator mSavedIt;
|
---|
3068 | };
|
---|
3069 |
|
---|
3070 | mMediaEnumThread = new MediaEnumThread (mMediaList);
|
---|
3071 | AssertReturnVoid (mMediaEnumThread);
|
---|
3072 |
|
---|
3073 | /* emit mediumEnumStarted() after we set mMediaEnumThread to != NULL
|
---|
3074 | * to cause isMediaEnumerationStarted() to return TRUE from slots */
|
---|
3075 | emit mediumEnumStarted();
|
---|
3076 |
|
---|
3077 | mMediaEnumThread->start();
|
---|
3078 | }
|
---|
3079 |
|
---|
3080 | /**
|
---|
3081 | * Adds a new medium to the current media list and emits the #mediumAdded()
|
---|
3082 | * signal.
|
---|
3083 | *
|
---|
3084 | * @sa #currentMediaList()
|
---|
3085 | */
|
---|
3086 | void VBoxGlobal::addMedium (const VBoxMedium &aMedium)
|
---|
3087 | {
|
---|
3088 | /* Note that we maitain the same order here as #startEnumeratingMedia() */
|
---|
3089 |
|
---|
3090 | VBoxMediaList::iterator it = mMediaList.begin();
|
---|
3091 |
|
---|
3092 | if (aMedium.type() == VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk)
|
---|
3093 | {
|
---|
3094 | VBoxMediaList::iterator parent = mMediaList.end();
|
---|
3095 |
|
---|
3096 | for (; it != mMediaList.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
3097 | {
|
---|
3098 | if ((*it).type() != VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk)
|
---|
3099 | break;
|
---|
3100 |
|
---|
3101 | if (aMedium.parent() != NULL && parent == mMediaList.end())
|
---|
3102 | {
|
---|
3103 | if (&*it == aMedium.parent())
|
---|
3104 | parent = it;
|
---|
3105 | }
|
---|
3106 | else
|
---|
3107 | {
|
---|
3108 | /* break if met a parent's sibling (will insert before it) */
|
---|
3109 | if (aMedium.parent() != NULL &&
|
---|
3110 | (*it).parent() == (*parent).parent())
|
---|
3111 | break;
|
---|
3112 |
|
---|
3113 | /* compare to aMedium's siblings */
|
---|
3114 | if ((*it).parent() == aMedium.parent() &&
|
---|
3115 | (*it).name().localeAwareCompare (aMedium.name()) > 0)
|
---|
3116 | break;
|
---|
3117 | }
|
---|
3118 | }
|
---|
3119 |
|
---|
3120 | AssertReturnVoid (aMedium.parent() == NULL || parent != mMediaList.end());
|
---|
3121 | }
|
---|
3122 | else
|
---|
3123 | {
|
---|
3124 | for (; it != mMediaList.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
3125 | {
|
---|
3126 | /* skip HardDisks that come first */
|
---|
3127 | if ((*it).type() == VBoxDefs::MediaType_HardDisk)
|
---|
3128 | continue;
|
---|
3129 |
|
---|
3130 | /* skip DVD when inserting Floppy */
|
---|
3131 | if (aMedium.type() == VBoxDefs::MediaType_Floppy &&
|
---|
3132 | (*it).type() == VBoxDefs::MediaType_DVD)
|
---|
3133 | continue;
|
---|
3134 |
|
---|
3135 | if ((*it).name().localeAwareCompare (aMedium.name()) > 0 ||
|
---|
3136 | (aMedium.type() == VBoxDefs::MediaType_DVD &&
|
---|
3137 | (*it).type() == VBoxDefs::MediaType_Floppy))
|
---|
3138 | break;
|
---|
3139 | }
|
---|
3140 | }
|
---|
3141 |
|
---|
3142 | it = mMediaList.insert (it, aMedium);
|
---|
3143 |
|
---|
3144 | emit mediumAdded (*it);
|
---|
3145 | }
|
---|
3146 |
|
---|
3147 | /**
|
---|
3148 | * Updates the medium in the current media list and emits the #mediumUpdated()
|
---|
3149 | * signal.
|
---|
3150 | *
|
---|
3151 | * @sa #currentMediaList()
|
---|
3152 | */
|
---|
3153 | void VBoxGlobal::updateMedium (const VBoxMedium &aMedium)
|
---|
3154 | {
|
---|
3155 | VBoxMediaList::Iterator it;
|
---|
3156 | for (it = mMediaList.begin(); it != mMediaList.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
3157 | if ((*it).id() == aMedium.id())
|
---|
3158 | break;
|
---|
3159 |
|
---|
3160 | AssertReturnVoid (it != mMediaList.end());
|
---|
3161 |
|
---|
3162 | if (&*it != &aMedium)
|
---|
3163 | *it = aMedium;
|
---|
3164 |
|
---|
3165 | emit mediumUpdated (*it);
|
---|
3166 | }
|
---|
3167 |
|
---|
3168 | /**
|
---|
3169 | * Removes the medium from the current media list and emits the #mediumRemoved()
|
---|
3170 | * signal.
|
---|
3171 | *
|
---|
3172 | * @sa #currentMediaList()
|
---|
3173 | */
|
---|
3174 | void VBoxGlobal::removeMedium (VBoxDefs::MediaType aType, const QUuid &aId)
|
---|
3175 | {
|
---|
3176 | VBoxMediaList::Iterator it;
|
---|
3177 | for (it = mMediaList.begin(); it != mMediaList.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
3178 | if ((*it).id() == aId)
|
---|
3179 | break;
|
---|
3180 |
|
---|
3181 | AssertReturnVoid (it != mMediaList.end());
|
---|
3182 |
|
---|
3183 | #if DEBUG
|
---|
3184 | /* sanity: must be no children */
|
---|
3185 | {
|
---|
3186 | VBoxMediaList::Iterator jt = it;
|
---|
3187 | ++ jt;
|
---|
3188 | AssertReturnVoid (jt == mMediaList.end() || (*jt).parent() != &*it);
|
---|
3189 | }
|
---|
3190 | #endif
|
---|
3191 |
|
---|
3192 | VBoxMedium *parent = (*it).parent();
|
---|
3193 |
|
---|
3194 | /* remove the medium from the list to keep it in sync with the server "for
|
---|
3195 | * free" when the medium is deleted from one of our UIs */
|
---|
3196 | mMediaList.erase (it);
|
---|
3197 |
|
---|
3198 | emit mediumRemoved (aType, aId);
|
---|
3199 |
|
---|
3200 | /* also emit the parent update signal because some attributes like
|
---|
3201 | * isReadOnly() may have been changed after child removal */
|
---|
3202 | if (parent != NULL)
|
---|
3203 | {
|
---|
3204 | parent->refresh();
|
---|
3205 | emit mediumUpdated (*parent);
|
---|
3206 | }
|
---|
3207 | }
|
---|
3208 |
|
---|
3209 | /**
|
---|
3210 | * Searches for a VBoxMedum object representing the given COM medium object.
|
---|
3211 | *
|
---|
3212 | * @return true if found and false otherwise.
|
---|
3213 | */
|
---|
3214 | bool VBoxGlobal::findMedium (const CMedium &aObj, VBoxMedium &aMedium) const
|
---|
3215 | {
|
---|
3216 | for (VBoxMediaList::ConstIterator it = mMediaList.begin();
|
---|
3217 | it != mMediaList.end(); ++ it)
|
---|
3218 | {
|
---|
3219 | if ((*it).medium() == aObj)
|
---|
3220 | {
|
---|
3221 | aMedium = (*it);
|
---|
3222 | return true;
|
---|
3223 | }
|
---|
3224 | }
|
---|
3225 |
|
---|
3226 | return false;
|
---|
3227 | }
|
---|
3228 |
|
---|
3229 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
3230 | /**
|
---|
3231 | * Returns the number of current running Fe/Qt4 main windows.
|
---|
3232 | *
|
---|
3233 | * @return Number of running main windows.
|
---|
3234 | */
|
---|
3235 | int VBoxGlobal::mainWindowCount ()
|
---|
3236 | {
|
---|
3237 | return mVBox.GetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_MainWindowCount).toInt();
|
---|
3238 | }
|
---|
3239 | #endif
|
---|
3240 |
|
---|
3241 | /**
|
---|
3242 | * Native language name of the currently installed translation.
|
---|
3243 | * Returns "English" if no translation is installed
|
---|
3244 | * or if the translation file is invalid.
|
---|
3245 | */
|
---|
3246 | QString VBoxGlobal::languageName() const
|
---|
3247 | {
|
---|
3248 |
|
---|
3249 | return qApp->translate ("@@@", "English",
|
---|
3250 | "Native language name");
|
---|
3251 | }
|
---|
3252 |
|
---|
3253 | /**
|
---|
3254 | * Native language country name of the currently installed translation.
|
---|
3255 | * Returns "--" if no translation is installed or if the translation file is
|
---|
3256 | * invalid, or if the language is independent on the country.
|
---|
3257 | */
|
---|
3258 | QString VBoxGlobal::languageCountry() const
|
---|
3259 | {
|
---|
3260 | return qApp->translate ("@@@", "--",
|
---|
3261 | "Native language country name "
|
---|
3262 | "(empty if this language is for all countries)");
|
---|
3263 | }
|
---|
3264 |
|
---|
3265 | /**
|
---|
3266 | * Language name of the currently installed translation, in English.
|
---|
3267 | * Returns "English" if no translation is installed
|
---|
3268 | * or if the translation file is invalid.
|
---|
3269 | */
|
---|
3270 | QString VBoxGlobal::languageNameEnglish() const
|
---|
3271 | {
|
---|
3272 |
|
---|
3273 | return qApp->translate ("@@@", "English",
|
---|
3274 | "Language name, in English");
|
---|
3275 | }
|
---|
3276 |
|
---|
3277 | /**
|
---|
3278 | * Language country name of the currently installed translation, in English.
|
---|
3279 | * Returns "--" if no translation is installed or if the translation file is
|
---|
3280 | * invalid, or if the language is independent on the country.
|
---|
3281 | */
|
---|
3282 | QString VBoxGlobal::languageCountryEnglish() const
|
---|
3283 | {
|
---|
3284 | return qApp->translate ("@@@", "--",
|
---|
3285 | "Language country name, in English "
|
---|
3286 | "(empty if native country name is empty)");
|
---|
3287 | }
|
---|
3288 |
|
---|
3289 | /**
|
---|
3290 | * Comma-separated list of authors of the currently installed translation.
|
---|
3291 | * Returns "Sun Microsystems, Inc." if no translation is installed or if the
|
---|
3292 | * translation file is invalid, or if the translation is supplied by Sun
|
---|
3293 | * Microsystems, inc.
|
---|
3294 | */
|
---|
3295 | QString VBoxGlobal::languageTranslators() const
|
---|
3296 | {
|
---|
3297 | return qApp->translate ("@@@", "Sun Microsystems, Inc.",
|
---|
3298 | "Comma-separated list of translators");
|
---|
3299 | }
|
---|
3300 |
|
---|
3301 | /**
|
---|
3302 | * Changes the language of all global string constants according to the
|
---|
3303 | * currently installed translations tables.
|
---|
3304 | */
|
---|
3305 | void VBoxGlobal::retranslateUi()
|
---|
3306 | {
|
---|
3307 | machineStates [KMachineState_PoweredOff] = tr ("Powered Off", "MachineState");
|
---|
3308 | machineStates [KMachineState_Saved] = tr ("Saved", "MachineState");
|
---|
3309 | machineStates [KMachineState_Aborted] = tr ("Aborted", "MachineState");
|
---|
3310 | machineStates [KMachineState_Running] = tr ("Running", "MachineState");
|
---|
3311 | machineStates [KMachineState_Paused] = tr ("Paused", "MachineState");
|
---|
3312 | machineStates [KMachineState_Stuck] = tr ("Stuck", "MachineState");
|
---|
3313 | machineStates [KMachineState_Starting] = tr ("Starting", "MachineState");
|
---|
3314 | machineStates [KMachineState_Stopping] = tr ("Stopping", "MachineState");
|
---|
3315 | machineStates [KMachineState_Saving] = tr ("Saving", "MachineState");
|
---|
3316 | machineStates [KMachineState_Restoring] = tr ("Restoring", "MachineState");
|
---|
3317 | machineStates [KMachineState_Discarding] = tr ("Discarding", "MachineState");
|
---|
3318 | machineStates [KMachineState_SettingUp] = tr ("Setting Up", "MachineState");
|
---|
3319 |
|
---|
3320 | sessionStates [KSessionState_Closed] = tr ("Closed", "SessionState");
|
---|
3321 | sessionStates [KSessionState_Open] = tr ("Open", "SessionState");
|
---|
3322 | sessionStates [KSessionState_Spawning] = tr ("Spawning", "SessionState");
|
---|
3323 | sessionStates [KSessionState_Closing] = tr ("Closing", "SessionState");
|
---|
3324 |
|
---|
3325 | deviceTypes [KDeviceType_Null] = tr ("None", "DeviceType");
|
---|
3326 | deviceTypes [KDeviceType_Floppy] = tr ("Floppy", "DeviceType");
|
---|
3327 | deviceTypes [KDeviceType_DVD] = tr ("CD/DVD-ROM", "DeviceType");
|
---|
3328 | deviceTypes [KDeviceType_HardDisk] = tr ("Hard Disk", "DeviceType");
|
---|
3329 | deviceTypes [KDeviceType_Network] = tr ("Network", "DeviceType");
|
---|
3330 | deviceTypes [KDeviceType_USB] = tr ("USB", "DeviceType");
|
---|
3331 | deviceTypes [KDeviceType_SharedFolder] = tr ("Shared Folder", "DeviceType");
|
---|
3332 |
|
---|
3333 | storageBuses [KStorageBus_IDE] =
|
---|
3334 | tr ("IDE", "StorageBus");
|
---|
3335 | storageBuses [KStorageBus_SATA] =
|
---|
3336 | tr ("SATA", "StorageBus");
|
---|
3337 |
|
---|
3338 | Assert (storageBusChannels.count() == 3);
|
---|
3339 | storageBusChannels [0] =
|
---|
3340 | tr ("Primary", "StorageBusChannel");
|
---|
3341 | storageBusChannels [1] =
|
---|
3342 | tr ("Secondary", "StorageBusChannel");
|
---|
3343 | storageBusChannels [2] =
|
---|
3344 | tr ("Port %1", "StorageBusChannel");
|
---|
3345 |
|
---|
3346 | Assert (storageBusDevices.count() == 2);
|
---|
3347 | storageBusDevices [0] = tr ("Master", "StorageBusDevice");
|
---|
3348 | storageBusDevices [1] = tr ("Slave", "StorageBusDevice");
|
---|
3349 |
|
---|
3350 | diskTypes [KHardDiskType_Normal] =
|
---|
3351 | tr ("Normal", "DiskType");
|
---|
3352 | diskTypes [KHardDiskType_Immutable] =
|
---|
3353 | tr ("Immutable", "DiskType");
|
---|
3354 | diskTypes [KHardDiskType_Writethrough] =
|
---|
3355 | tr ("Writethrough", "DiskType");
|
---|
3356 | diskTypes_Differencing =
|
---|
3357 | tr ("Differencing", "DiskType");
|
---|
3358 |
|
---|
3359 | vrdpAuthTypes [KVRDPAuthType_Null] =
|
---|
3360 | tr ("Null", "VRDPAuthType");
|
---|
3361 | vrdpAuthTypes [KVRDPAuthType_External] =
|
---|
3362 | tr ("External", "VRDPAuthType");
|
---|
3363 | vrdpAuthTypes [KVRDPAuthType_Guest] =
|
---|
3364 | tr ("Guest", "VRDPAuthType");
|
---|
3365 |
|
---|
3366 | portModeTypes [KPortMode_Disconnected] =
|
---|
3367 | tr ("Disconnected", "PortMode");
|
---|
3368 | portModeTypes [KPortMode_HostPipe] =
|
---|
3369 | tr ("Host Pipe", "PortMode");
|
---|
3370 | portModeTypes [KPortMode_HostDevice] =
|
---|
3371 | tr ("Host Device", "PortMode");
|
---|
3372 |
|
---|
3373 | usbFilterActionTypes [KUSBDeviceFilterAction_Ignore] =
|
---|
3374 | tr ("Ignore", "USBFilterActionType");
|
---|
3375 | usbFilterActionTypes [KUSBDeviceFilterAction_Hold] =
|
---|
3376 | tr ("Hold", "USBFilterActionType");
|
---|
3377 |
|
---|
3378 | audioDriverTypes [KAudioDriverType_Null] =
|
---|
3379 | tr ("Null Audio Driver", "AudioDriverType");
|
---|
3380 | audioDriverTypes [KAudioDriverType_WinMM] =
|
---|
3381 | tr ("Windows Multimedia", "AudioDriverType");
|
---|
3382 | audioDriverTypes [KAudioDriverType_SolAudio] =
|
---|
3383 | tr ("Solaris Audio", "AudioDriverType");
|
---|
3384 | audioDriverTypes [KAudioDriverType_OSS] =
|
---|
3385 | tr ("OSS Audio Driver", "AudioDriverType");
|
---|
3386 | audioDriverTypes [KAudioDriverType_ALSA] =
|
---|
3387 | tr ("ALSA Audio Driver", "AudioDriverType");
|
---|
3388 | audioDriverTypes [KAudioDriverType_DirectSound] =
|
---|
3389 | tr ("Windows DirectSound", "AudioDriverType");
|
---|
3390 | audioDriverTypes [KAudioDriverType_CoreAudio] =
|
---|
3391 | tr ("CoreAudio", "AudioDriverType");
|
---|
3392 | audioDriverTypes [KAudioDriverType_Pulse] =
|
---|
3393 | tr ("PulseAudio", "AudioDriverType");
|
---|
3394 |
|
---|
3395 | audioControllerTypes [KAudioControllerType_AC97] =
|
---|
3396 | tr ("ICH AC97", "AudioControllerType");
|
---|
3397 | audioControllerTypes [KAudioControllerType_SB16] =
|
---|
3398 | tr ("SoundBlaster 16", "AudioControllerType");
|
---|
3399 |
|
---|
3400 | networkAdapterTypes [KNetworkAdapterType_Am79C970A] =
|
---|
3401 | tr ("PCnet-PCI II (Am79C970A)", "NetworkAdapterType");
|
---|
3402 | networkAdapterTypes [KNetworkAdapterType_Am79C973] =
|
---|
3403 | tr ("PCnet-FAST III (Am79C973)", "NetworkAdapterType");
|
---|
3404 | networkAdapterTypes [KNetworkAdapterType_I82540EM] =
|
---|
3405 | tr ("Intel PRO/1000 MT Desktop (82540EM)", "NetworkAdapterType");
|
---|
3406 | networkAdapterTypes [KNetworkAdapterType_I82543GC] =
|
---|
3407 | tr ("Intel PRO/1000 T Server (82543GC)", "NetworkAdapterType");
|
---|
3408 |
|
---|
3409 | networkAttachmentTypes [KNetworkAttachmentType_Null] =
|
---|
3410 | tr ("Not attached", "NetworkAttachmentType");
|
---|
3411 | networkAttachmentTypes [KNetworkAttachmentType_NAT] =
|
---|
3412 | tr ("NAT", "NetworkAttachmentType");
|
---|
3413 | networkAttachmentTypes [KNetworkAttachmentType_HostInterface] =
|
---|
3414 | tr ("Host Interface", "NetworkAttachmentType");
|
---|
3415 | networkAttachmentTypes [KNetworkAttachmentType_Internal] =
|
---|
3416 | tr ("Internal Network", "NetworkAttachmentType");
|
---|
3417 |
|
---|
3418 | clipboardTypes [KClipboardMode_Disabled] =
|
---|
3419 | tr ("Disabled", "ClipboardType");
|
---|
3420 | clipboardTypes [KClipboardMode_HostToGuest] =
|
---|
3421 | tr ("Host To Guest", "ClipboardType");
|
---|
3422 | clipboardTypes [KClipboardMode_GuestToHost] =
|
---|
3423 | tr ("Guest To Host", "ClipboardType");
|
---|
3424 | clipboardTypes [KClipboardMode_Bidirectional] =
|
---|
3425 | tr ("Bidirectional", "ClipboardType");
|
---|
3426 |
|
---|
3427 | ideControllerTypes [KIDEControllerType_PIIX3] =
|
---|
3428 | tr ("PIIX3", "IDEControllerType");
|
---|
3429 | ideControllerTypes [KIDEControllerType_PIIX4] =
|
---|
3430 | tr ("PIIX4", "IDEControllerType");
|
---|
3431 |
|
---|
3432 | USBDeviceStates [KUSBDeviceState_NotSupported] =
|
---|
3433 | tr ("Not supported", "USBDeviceState");
|
---|
3434 | USBDeviceStates [KUSBDeviceState_Unavailable] =
|
---|
3435 | tr ("Unavailable", "USBDeviceState");
|
---|
3436 | USBDeviceStates [KUSBDeviceState_Busy] =
|
---|
3437 | tr ("Busy", "USBDeviceState");
|
---|
3438 | USBDeviceStates [KUSBDeviceState_Available] =
|
---|
3439 | tr ("Available", "USBDeviceState");
|
---|
3440 | USBDeviceStates [KUSBDeviceState_Held] =
|
---|
3441 | tr ("Held", "USBDeviceState");
|
---|
3442 | USBDeviceStates [KUSBDeviceState_Captured] =
|
---|
3443 | tr ("Captured", "USBDeviceState");
|
---|
3444 |
|
---|
3445 | mUserDefinedPortName = tr ("User-defined", "serial port");
|
---|
3446 |
|
---|
3447 | mWarningIcon = standardIcon (QStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning, 0).pixmap (16, 16);
|
---|
3448 | Assert (!mWarningIcon.isNull());
|
---|
3449 |
|
---|
3450 | mErrorIcon = standardIcon (QStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical, 0).pixmap (16, 16);
|
---|
3451 | Assert (!mErrorIcon.isNull());
|
---|
3452 |
|
---|
3453 | detailReportTemplatesReady = false;
|
---|
3454 |
|
---|
3455 | #if defined (Q_WS_PM) || defined (Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
3456 | /* As PM and X11 do not (to my knowledge) have functionality for providing
|
---|
3457 | * human readable key names, we keep a table of them, which must be
|
---|
3458 | * updated when the language is changed. */
|
---|
3459 | QIHotKeyEdit::retranslateUi();
|
---|
3460 | #endif
|
---|
3461 | }
|
---|
3462 |
|
---|
3463 | // public static stuff
|
---|
3464 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
3465 |
|
---|
3466 | /* static */
|
---|
3467 | bool VBoxGlobal::isDOSType (const QString &aOSTypeId)
|
---|
3468 | {
|
---|
3469 | if (aOSTypeId.left (3) == "dos" ||
|
---|
3470 | aOSTypeId.left (3) == "win" ||
|
---|
3471 | aOSTypeId.left (3) == "os2")
|
---|
3472 | return true;
|
---|
3473 |
|
---|
3474 | return false;
|
---|
3475 | }
|
---|
3476 |
|
---|
3477 | /**
|
---|
3478 | * Sets the QLabel background and frame colors according tho the pixmap
|
---|
3479 | * contents. The bottom right pixel of the label pixmap defines the
|
---|
3480 | * background color of the label, the top right pixel defines the color of
|
---|
3481 | * the one-pixel frame around it. This function also sets the alignment of
|
---|
3482 | * the pixmap to AlignVTop (to correspond to the color choosing logic).
|
---|
3483 | *
|
---|
3484 | * This method is useful to provide nice scaling of pixmal labels without
|
---|
3485 | * scaling pixmaps themselves. To see th eeffect, the size policy of the
|
---|
3486 | * label in the corresponding direction (vertical, for now) should be set to
|
---|
3487 | * something like MinimumExpanding.
|
---|
3488 | *
|
---|
3489 | * @todo Parametrize corners to select pixels from and set the alignment
|
---|
3490 | * accordingly.
|
---|
3491 | */
|
---|
3492 | /* static */
|
---|
3493 | void VBoxGlobal::adoptLabelPixmap (QLabel *aLabel)
|
---|
3494 | {
|
---|
3495 | AssertReturnVoid (aLabel);
|
---|
3496 |
|
---|
3497 | aLabel->setAlignment (Qt::AlignTop);
|
---|
3498 | aLabel->setFrameShape (QFrame::Box);
|
---|
3499 | aLabel->setFrameShadow (QFrame::Plain);
|
---|
3500 |
|
---|
3501 | const QPixmap *pix = aLabel->pixmap();
|
---|
3502 | QImage img = pix->toImage();
|
---|
3503 | QRgb rgbBack = img.pixel (img.width() - 1, img.height() - 1);
|
---|
3504 | QRgb rgbFrame = img.pixel (img.width() - 1, 0);
|
---|
3505 |
|
---|
3506 | QPalette pal = aLabel->palette();
|
---|
3507 | pal.setColor (QPalette::Window, rgbBack);
|
---|
3508 | pal.setColor (QPalette::WindowText, rgbFrame);
|
---|
3509 | aLabel->setPalette (pal);
|
---|
3510 | }
|
---|
3511 |
|
---|
3512 | extern const char *gVBoxLangSubDir = "/nls";
|
---|
3513 | extern const char *gVBoxLangFileBase = "VirtualBox_";
|
---|
3514 | extern const char *gVBoxLangFileExt = ".qm";
|
---|
3515 | extern const char *gVBoxLangIDRegExp = "(([a-z]{2})(?:_([A-Z]{2}))?)|(C)";
|
---|
3516 | extern const char *gVBoxBuiltInLangName = "C";
|
---|
3517 |
|
---|
3518 | class VBoxTranslator : public QTranslator
|
---|
3519 | {
|
---|
3520 | public:
|
---|
3521 |
|
---|
3522 | VBoxTranslator (QObject *aParent = 0)
|
---|
3523 | : QTranslator (aParent) {}
|
---|
3524 |
|
---|
3525 | bool loadFile (const QString &aFileName)
|
---|
3526 | {
|
---|
3527 | QFile file (aFileName);
|
---|
3528 | if (!file.open (QIODevice::ReadOnly))
|
---|
3529 | return false;
|
---|
3530 | mData = file.readAll();
|
---|
3531 | return load ((uchar*) mData.data(), mData.size());
|
---|
3532 | }
|
---|
3533 |
|
---|
3534 | private:
|
---|
3535 |
|
---|
3536 | QByteArray mData;
|
---|
3537 | };
|
---|
3538 |
|
---|
3539 | static VBoxTranslator *sTranslator = 0;
|
---|
3540 | static QString sLoadedLangId = gVBoxBuiltInLangName;
|
---|
3541 |
|
---|
3542 | /**
|
---|
3543 | * Returns the loaded (active) language ID.
|
---|
3544 | * Note that it may not match with VBoxGlobalSettings::languageId() if the
|
---|
3545 | * specified language cannot be loaded.
|
---|
3546 | * If the built-in language is active, this method returns "C".
|
---|
3547 | *
|
---|
3548 | * @note "C" is treated as the built-in language for simplicity -- the C
|
---|
3549 | * locale is used in unix environments as a fallback when the requested
|
---|
3550 | * locale is invalid. This way we don't need to process both the "built_in"
|
---|
3551 | * language and the "C" language (which is a valid environment setting)
|
---|
3552 | * separately.
|
---|
3553 | */
|
---|
3554 | /* static */
|
---|
3555 | QString VBoxGlobal::languageId()
|
---|
3556 | {
|
---|
3557 | return sLoadedLangId;
|
---|
3558 | }
|
---|
3559 |
|
---|
3560 | /**
|
---|
3561 | * Loads the language by language ID.
|
---|
3562 | *
|
---|
3563 | * @param aLangId Language ID in in form of xx_YY. QString::null means the
|
---|
3564 | * system default language.
|
---|
3565 | */
|
---|
3566 | /* static */
|
---|
3567 | void VBoxGlobal::loadLanguage (const QString &aLangId)
|
---|
3568 | {
|
---|
3569 | QString langId = aLangId.isNull() ?
|
---|
3570 | VBoxGlobal::systemLanguageId() : aLangId;
|
---|
3571 | QString languageFileName;
|
---|
3572 | QString selectedLangId = gVBoxBuiltInLangName;
|
---|
3573 |
|
---|
3574 | char szNlsPath[RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
3575 | int rc;
|
---|
3576 |
|
---|
3577 | rc = RTPathAppPrivateNoArch(szNlsPath, sizeof(szNlsPath));
|
---|
3578 | AssertRC (rc);
|
---|
3579 |
|
---|
3580 | QString nlsPath = QString(szNlsPath) + gVBoxLangSubDir;
|
---|
3581 | QDir nlsDir (nlsPath);
|
---|
3582 |
|
---|
3583 | Assert (!langId.isEmpty());
|
---|
3584 | if (!langId.isEmpty() && langId != gVBoxBuiltInLangName)
|
---|
3585 | {
|
---|
3586 | QRegExp regExp (gVBoxLangIDRegExp);
|
---|
3587 | int pos = regExp.indexIn (langId);
|
---|
3588 | /* the language ID should match the regexp completely */
|
---|
3589 | AssertReturnVoid (pos == 0);
|
---|
3590 |
|
---|
3591 | QString lang = regExp.cap (2);
|
---|
3592 |
|
---|
3593 | if (nlsDir.exists (gVBoxLangFileBase + langId + gVBoxLangFileExt))
|
---|
3594 | {
|
---|
3595 | languageFileName = nlsDir.absoluteFilePath (gVBoxLangFileBase + langId +
|
---|
3596 | gVBoxLangFileExt);
|
---|
3597 | selectedLangId = langId;
|
---|
3598 | }
|
---|
3599 | else if (nlsDir.exists (gVBoxLangFileBase + lang + gVBoxLangFileExt))
|
---|
3600 | {
|
---|
3601 | languageFileName = nlsDir.absoluteFilePath (gVBoxLangFileBase + lang +
|
---|
3602 | gVBoxLangFileExt);
|
---|
3603 | selectedLangId = lang;
|
---|
3604 | }
|
---|
3605 | else
|
---|
3606 | {
|
---|
3607 | /* Never complain when the default language is requested. In any
|
---|
3608 | * case, if no explicit language file exists, we will simply
|
---|
3609 | * fall-back to English (built-in). */
|
---|
3610 | if (!aLangId.isNull())
|
---|
3611 | vboxProblem().cannotFindLanguage (langId, nlsPath);
|
---|
3612 | /* selectedLangId remains built-in here */
|
---|
3613 | AssertReturnVoid (selectedLangId == gVBoxBuiltInLangName);
|
---|
3614 | }
|
---|
3615 | }
|
---|
3616 |
|
---|
3617 | /* delete the old translator if there is one */
|
---|
3618 | if (sTranslator)
|
---|
3619 | {
|
---|
3620 | /* QTranslator destructor will call qApp->removeTranslator() for
|
---|
3621 | * us. It will also delete all its child translations we attach to it
|
---|
3622 | * below, so we don't have to care about them specially. */
|
---|
3623 | delete sTranslator;
|
---|
3624 | }
|
---|
3625 |
|
---|
3626 | /* load new language files */
|
---|
3627 | sTranslator = new VBoxTranslator (qApp);
|
---|
3628 | Assert (sTranslator);
|
---|
3629 | bool loadOk = true;
|
---|
3630 | if (sTranslator)
|
---|
3631 | {
|
---|
3632 | if (selectedLangId != gVBoxBuiltInLangName)
|
---|
3633 | {
|
---|
3634 | Assert (!languageFileName.isNull());
|
---|
3635 | loadOk = sTranslator->loadFile (languageFileName);
|
---|
3636 | }
|
---|
3637 | /* we install the translator in any case: on failure, this will
|
---|
3638 | * activate an empty translator that will give us English
|
---|
3639 | * (built-in) */
|
---|
3640 | qApp->installTranslator (sTranslator);
|
---|
3641 | }
|
---|
3642 | else
|
---|
3643 | loadOk = false;
|
---|
3644 |
|
---|
3645 | if (loadOk)
|
---|
3646 | sLoadedLangId = selectedLangId;
|
---|
3647 | else
|
---|
3648 | {
|
---|
3649 | vboxProblem().cannotLoadLanguage (languageFileName);
|
---|
3650 | sLoadedLangId = gVBoxBuiltInLangName;
|
---|
3651 | }
|
---|
3652 |
|
---|
3653 | /* Try to load the corresponding Qt translation */
|
---|
3654 | if (sLoadedLangId != gVBoxBuiltInLangName)
|
---|
3655 | {
|
---|
3656 | #ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
|
---|
3657 | /* We use system installations of Qt on Linux systems, so first, try
|
---|
3658 | * to load the Qt translation from the system location. */
|
---|
3659 | languageFileName = QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::TranslationsPath) + "/qt_" +
|
---|
3660 | sLoadedLangId + gVBoxLangFileExt;
|
---|
3661 | QTranslator *qtSysTr = new QTranslator (sTranslator);
|
---|
3662 | Assert (qtSysTr);
|
---|
3663 | if (qtSysTr && qtSysTr->load (languageFileName))
|
---|
3664 | qApp->installTranslator (qtSysTr);
|
---|
3665 | /* Note that the Qt translation supplied by Sun is always loaded
|
---|
3666 | * afterwards to make sure it will take precedence over the system
|
---|
3667 | * translation (it may contain more decent variants of translation
|
---|
3668 | * that better correspond to VirtualBox UI). We need to load both
|
---|
3669 | * because a newer version of Qt may be installed on the user computer
|
---|
3670 | * and the Sun version may not fully support it. We don't do it on
|
---|
3671 | * Win32 because we supply a Qt library there and therefore the
|
---|
3672 | * Sun translation is always the best one. */
|
---|
3673 | #endif
|
---|
3674 | languageFileName = nlsDir.absoluteFilePath (QString ("qt_") +
|
---|
3675 | sLoadedLangId +
|
---|
3676 | gVBoxLangFileExt);
|
---|
3677 | QTranslator *qtTr = new QTranslator (sTranslator);
|
---|
3678 | Assert (qtTr);
|
---|
3679 | if (qtTr && (loadOk = qtTr->load (languageFileName)))
|
---|
3680 | qApp->installTranslator (qtTr);
|
---|
3681 | /* The below message doesn't fit 100% (because it's an additonal
|
---|
3682 | * language and the main one won't be reset to built-in on failure)
|
---|
3683 | * but the load failure is so rare here that it's not worth a separate
|
---|
3684 | * message (but still, having something is better than having none) */
|
---|
3685 | if (!loadOk && !aLangId.isNull())
|
---|
3686 | vboxProblem().cannotLoadLanguage (languageFileName);
|
---|
3687 | }
|
---|
3688 | }
|
---|
3689 |
|
---|
3690 | QString VBoxGlobal::helpFile() const
|
---|
3691 | {
|
---|
3692 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN32) || defined (Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
3693 | const QString name = "VirtualBox";
|
---|
3694 | const QString suffix = "chm";
|
---|
3695 | #elif defined (Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
3696 | const QString name = "UserManual";
|
---|
3697 | const QString suffix = "pdf";
|
---|
3698 | #endif
|
---|
3699 | /* Where are the docs located? */
|
---|
3700 | char szDocsPath[RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
3701 | int rc = RTPathAppDocs (szDocsPath, sizeof (szDocsPath));
|
---|
3702 | AssertRC (rc);
|
---|
3703 | /* Make sure that the language is in two letter code.
|
---|
3704 | * Note: if languageId() returns an empty string lang.name() will
|
---|
3705 | * return "C" which is an valid language code. */
|
---|
3706 | QLocale lang (VBoxGlobal::languageId());
|
---|
3707 |
|
---|
3708 | /* Construct the path and the filename */
|
---|
3709 | QString manual = QString ("%1/%2_%3.%4").arg (szDocsPath)
|
---|
3710 | .arg (name)
|
---|
3711 | .arg (lang.name())
|
---|
3712 | .arg (suffix);
|
---|
3713 | /* Check if a help file with that name exists */
|
---|
3714 | QFileInfo fi (manual);
|
---|
3715 | if (fi.exists())
|
---|
3716 | return manual;
|
---|
3717 |
|
---|
3718 | /* Fall back to the standard */
|
---|
3719 | manual = QString ("%1/%2.%4").arg (szDocsPath)
|
---|
3720 | .arg (name)
|
---|
3721 | .arg (suffix);
|
---|
3722 | return manual;
|
---|
3723 | }
|
---|
3724 |
|
---|
3725 | /* static */
|
---|
3726 | QIcon VBoxGlobal::iconSet (const char *aNormal,
|
---|
3727 | const char *aDisabled /* = NULL */,
|
---|
3728 | const char *aActive /* = NULL */)
|
---|
3729 | {
|
---|
3730 | QIcon iconSet;
|
---|
3731 |
|
---|
3732 | iconSet.addFile (aNormal, QSize(),
|
---|
3733 | QIcon::Normal);
|
---|
3734 | if (aDisabled != NULL)
|
---|
3735 | iconSet.addFile (aDisabled, QSize(),
|
---|
3736 | QIcon::Disabled);
|
---|
3737 | if (aActive != NULL)
|
---|
3738 | iconSet.addFile (aActive, QSize(),
|
---|
3739 | QIcon::Active);
|
---|
3740 | return iconSet;
|
---|
3741 | }
|
---|
3742 |
|
---|
3743 | /* static */
|
---|
3744 | QIcon VBoxGlobal::iconSetFull (const QSize &aNormalSize, const QSize &aSmallSize,
|
---|
3745 | const char *aNormal, const char *aSmallNormal,
|
---|
3746 | const char *aDisabled /* = NULL */,
|
---|
3747 | const char *aSmallDisabled /* = NULL */,
|
---|
3748 | const char *aActive /* = NULL */,
|
---|
3749 | const char *aSmallActive /* = NULL */)
|
---|
3750 | {
|
---|
3751 | QIcon iconSet;
|
---|
3752 |
|
---|
3753 | iconSet.addFile (aNormal, aNormalSize, QIcon::Normal);
|
---|
3754 | iconSet.addFile (aSmallNormal, aSmallSize, QIcon::Normal);
|
---|
3755 | if (aSmallDisabled != NULL)
|
---|
3756 | {
|
---|
3757 | iconSet.addFile (aDisabled, aNormalSize, QIcon::Disabled);
|
---|
3758 | iconSet.addFile (aSmallDisabled, aSmallSize, QIcon::Disabled);
|
---|
3759 | }
|
---|
3760 | if (aSmallActive != NULL)
|
---|
3761 | {
|
---|
3762 | iconSet.addFile (aActive, aNormalSize, QIcon::Active);
|
---|
3763 | iconSet.addFile (aSmallActive, aSmallSize, QIcon::Active);
|
---|
3764 | }
|
---|
3765 |
|
---|
3766 | return iconSet;
|
---|
3767 | }
|
---|
3768 |
|
---|
3769 | QIcon VBoxGlobal::standardIcon (QStyle::StandardPixmap aStandard, QWidget *aWidget /* = NULL */)
|
---|
3770 | {
|
---|
3771 | QStyle *style = aWidget ? aWidget->style(): QApplication::style();
|
---|
3772 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
3773 | /* At least in Qt 4.3.4/4.4 RC1 SP_MessageBoxWarning is the application
|
---|
3774 | * icon. So change this to the critical icon. (Maybe this would be
|
---|
3775 | * fixed in a later Qt version) */
|
---|
3776 | if (aStandard == QStyle::SP_MessageBoxWarning)
|
---|
3777 | return style->standardIcon (QStyle::SP_MessageBoxCritical, 0, aWidget);
|
---|
3778 | #endif /* Q_WS_MAC */
|
---|
3779 | return style->standardIcon (aStandard, 0, aWidget);
|
---|
3780 | }
|
---|
3781 |
|
---|
3782 | /**
|
---|
3783 | * Replacement for QToolButton::setTextLabel() that handles the shortcut
|
---|
3784 | * letter (if it is present in the argument string) as if it were a setText()
|
---|
3785 | * call: the shortcut letter is used to automatically assign an "Alt+<letter>"
|
---|
3786 | * accelerator key sequence to the given tool button.
|
---|
3787 | *
|
---|
3788 | * @note This method preserves the icon set if it was assigned before. Only
|
---|
3789 | * the text label and the accelerator are changed.
|
---|
3790 | *
|
---|
3791 | * @param aToolButton Tool button to set the text label on.
|
---|
3792 | * @param aTextLabel Text label to set.
|
---|
3793 | */
|
---|
3794 | /* static */
|
---|
3795 | void VBoxGlobal::setTextLabel (QToolButton *aToolButton,
|
---|
3796 | const QString &aTextLabel)
|
---|
3797 | {
|
---|
3798 | AssertReturnVoid (aToolButton != NULL);
|
---|
3799 |
|
---|
3800 | /* remember the icon set as setText() will kill it */
|
---|
3801 | QIcon iset = aToolButton->icon();
|
---|
3802 | /* re-use the setText() method to detect and set the accelerator */
|
---|
3803 | aToolButton->setText (aTextLabel);
|
---|
3804 | QKeySequence accel = aToolButton->shortcut();
|
---|
3805 | aToolButton->setText (aTextLabel);
|
---|
3806 | aToolButton->setIcon (iset);
|
---|
3807 | /* set the accel last as setIconSet() would kill it */
|
---|
3808 | aToolButton->setShortcut (accel);
|
---|
3809 | }
|
---|
3810 |
|
---|
3811 | /**
|
---|
3812 | * Ensures that the given rectangle \a aRect is fully contained within the
|
---|
3813 | * rectangle \a aBoundRect by moving \a aRect if necessary. If \a aRect is
|
---|
3814 | * larger than \a aBoundRect, its top left corner is simply aligned with the
|
---|
3815 | * top left corner of \a aRect and, if \a aCanResize is true, \a aRect is
|
---|
3816 | * shrinked to become fully visible.
|
---|
3817 | */
|
---|
3818 | /* static */
|
---|
3819 | QRect VBoxGlobal::normalizeGeometry (const QRect &aRect, const QRect &aBoundRect,
|
---|
3820 | bool aCanResize /* = true */)
|
---|
3821 | {
|
---|
3822 | QRect fr = aRect;
|
---|
3823 |
|
---|
3824 | /* make the bottom right corner visible */
|
---|
3825 | int rd = aBoundRect.right() - fr.right();
|
---|
3826 | int bd = aBoundRect.bottom() - fr.bottom();
|
---|
3827 | fr.translate (rd < 0 ? rd : 0, bd < 0 ? bd : 0);
|
---|
3828 |
|
---|
3829 | /* ensure the top left corner is visible */
|
---|
3830 | int ld = fr.left() - aBoundRect.left();
|
---|
3831 | int td = fr.top() - aBoundRect.top();
|
---|
3832 | fr.translate (ld < 0 ? -ld : 0, td < 0 ? -td : 0);
|
---|
3833 |
|
---|
3834 | if (aCanResize)
|
---|
3835 | {
|
---|
3836 | /* adjust the size to make the rectangle fully contained */
|
---|
3837 | rd = aBoundRect.right() - fr.right();
|
---|
3838 | bd = aBoundRect.bottom() - fr.bottom();
|
---|
3839 | if (rd < 0)
|
---|
3840 | fr.setRight (fr.right() + rd);
|
---|
3841 | if (bd < 0)
|
---|
3842 | fr.setBottom (fr.bottom() + bd);
|
---|
3843 | }
|
---|
3844 |
|
---|
3845 | return fr;
|
---|
3846 | }
|
---|
3847 |
|
---|
3848 | /**
|
---|
3849 | * Aligns the center of \a aWidget with the center of \a aRelative.
|
---|
3850 | *
|
---|
3851 | * If necessary, \a aWidget's position is adjusted to make it fully visible
|
---|
3852 | * within the available desktop area. If \a aWidget is bigger then this area,
|
---|
3853 | * it will also be resized unless \a aCanResize is false or there is an
|
---|
3854 | * inappropriate minimum size limit (in which case the top left corner will be
|
---|
3855 | * simply aligned with the top left corner of the available desktop area).
|
---|
3856 | *
|
---|
3857 | * \a aWidget must be a top-level widget. \a aRelative may be any widget, but
|
---|
3858 | * if it's not top-level itself, its top-level widget will be used for
|
---|
3859 | * calculations. \a aRelative can also be NULL, in which case \a aWidget will
|
---|
3860 | * be centered relative to the available desktop area.
|
---|
3861 | */
|
---|
3862 | /* static */
|
---|
3863 | void VBoxGlobal::centerWidget (QWidget *aWidget, QWidget *aRelative,
|
---|
3864 | bool aCanResize /* = true */)
|
---|
3865 | {
|
---|
3866 | AssertReturnVoid (aWidget);
|
---|
3867 | AssertReturnVoid (aWidget->isTopLevel());
|
---|
3868 |
|
---|
3869 | QRect deskGeo, parentGeo;
|
---|
3870 | QWidget *w = aRelative;
|
---|
3871 | if (w)
|
---|
3872 | {
|
---|
3873 | w = w->window();
|
---|
3874 | deskGeo = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry (w);
|
---|
3875 | parentGeo = w->frameGeometry();
|
---|
3876 | /* On X11/Gnome, geo/frameGeo.x() and y() are always 0 for top level
|
---|
3877 | * widgets with parents, what a shame. Use mapToGlobal() to workaround. */
|
---|
3878 | QPoint d = w->mapToGlobal (QPoint (0, 0));
|
---|
3879 | d.rx() -= w->geometry().x() - w->x();
|
---|
3880 | d.ry() -= w->geometry().y() - w->y();
|
---|
3881 | parentGeo.moveTopLeft (d);
|
---|
3882 | }
|
---|
3883 | else
|
---|
3884 | {
|
---|
3885 | deskGeo = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry();
|
---|
3886 | parentGeo = deskGeo;
|
---|
3887 | }
|
---|
3888 |
|
---|
3889 | /* On X11, there is no way to determine frame geometry (including WM
|
---|
3890 | * decorations) before the widget is shown for the first time. Stupidly
|
---|
3891 | * enumerate other top level widgets to find the thickest frame. The code
|
---|
3892 | * is based on the idea taken from QDialog::adjustPositionInternal(). */
|
---|
3893 |
|
---|
3894 | int extraw = 0, extrah = 0;
|
---|
3895 |
|
---|
3896 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
3897 | QListIterator<QWidget*> it (list);
|
---|
3898 | while ((extraw == 0 || extrah == 0) && it.hasNext())
|
---|
3899 | {
|
---|
3900 | int framew, frameh;
|
---|
3901 | QWidget *current = it.next();
|
---|
3902 | if (!current->isVisible())
|
---|
3903 | continue;
|
---|
3904 |
|
---|
3905 | framew = current->frameGeometry().width() - current->width();
|
---|
3906 | frameh = current->frameGeometry().height() - current->height();
|
---|
3907 |
|
---|
3908 | extraw = qMax (extraw, framew);
|
---|
3909 | extrah = qMax (extrah, frameh);
|
---|
3910 | }
|
---|
3911 |
|
---|
3912 | /// @todo (r=dmik) not sure if we really need this
|
---|
3913 | #if 0
|
---|
3914 | /* sanity check for decoration frames. With embedding, we
|
---|
3915 | * might get extraordinary values */
|
---|
3916 | if (extraw == 0 || extrah == 0 || extraw > 20 || extrah > 50)
|
---|
3917 | {
|
---|
3918 | extrah = 50;
|
---|
3919 | extraw = 20;
|
---|
3920 | }
|
---|
3921 | #endif
|
---|
3922 |
|
---|
3923 | /* On non-X11 platforms, the following would be enough instead of the
|
---|
3924 | * above workaround: */
|
---|
3925 | // QRect geo = frameGeometry();
|
---|
3926 | QRect geo = QRect (0, 0, aWidget->width() + extraw,
|
---|
3927 | aWidget->height() + extrah);
|
---|
3928 |
|
---|
3929 | geo.moveCenter (QPoint (parentGeo.x() + (parentGeo.width() - 1) / 2,
|
---|
3930 | parentGeo.y() + (parentGeo.height() - 1) / 2));
|
---|
3931 |
|
---|
3932 | /* ensure the widget is within the available desktop area */
|
---|
3933 | QRect newGeo = normalizeGeometry (geo, deskGeo, aCanResize);
|
---|
3934 |
|
---|
3935 | aWidget->move (newGeo.topLeft());
|
---|
3936 |
|
---|
3937 | if (aCanResize &&
|
---|
3938 | (geo.width() != newGeo.width() || geo.height() != newGeo.height()))
|
---|
3939 | aWidget->resize (newGeo.width() - extraw, newGeo.height() - extrah);
|
---|
3940 | }
|
---|
3941 |
|
---|
3942 | /**
|
---|
3943 | * Returns the decimal separator for the current locale.
|
---|
3944 | */
|
---|
3945 | /* static */
|
---|
3946 | QChar VBoxGlobal::decimalSep()
|
---|
3947 | {
|
---|
3948 | return QLocale::system().decimalPoint();
|
---|
3949 | }
|
---|
3950 |
|
---|
3951 | /**
|
---|
3952 | * Returns the regexp string that defines the format of the human-readable
|
---|
3953 | * size representation, <tt>####[.##] B|KB|MB|GB|TB|PB</tt>.
|
---|
3954 | *
|
---|
3955 | * This regexp will capture 5 groups of text:
|
---|
3956 | * - cap(1): integer number in case when no decimal point is present
|
---|
3957 | * (if empty, it means that decimal point is present)
|
---|
3958 | * - cap(2): size suffix in case when no decimal point is present (may be empty)
|
---|
3959 | * - cap(3): integer number in case when decimal point is present (may be empty)
|
---|
3960 | * - cap(4): fraction number (hundredth) in case when decimal point is present
|
---|
3961 | * - cap(5): size suffix in case when decimal point is present (note that
|
---|
3962 | * B cannot appear there)
|
---|
3963 | */
|
---|
3964 | /* static */
|
---|
3965 | QString VBoxGlobal::sizeRegexp()
|
---|
3966 | {
|
---|
3967 | QString regexp =
|
---|
3968 | QString ("^(?:(?:(\\d+)(?:\\s?([KMGTP]?B))?)|(?:(\\d*)%1(\\d{1,2})(?:\\s?([KMGTP]B))))$")
|
---|
3969 | .arg (decimalSep());
|
---|
3970 | return regexp;
|
---|
3971 | }
|
---|
3972 |
|
---|
3973 | /**
|
---|
3974 | * Parses the given size string that should be in form of
|
---|
3975 | * <tt>####[.##] B|KB|MB|GB|TB|PB</tt> and returns the size value
|
---|
3976 | * in bytes. Zero is returned on error.
|
---|
3977 | */
|
---|
3978 | /* static */
|
---|
3979 | quint64 VBoxGlobal::parseSize (const QString &aText)
|
---|
3980 | {
|
---|
3981 | QRegExp regexp (sizeRegexp());
|
---|
3982 | int pos = regexp.indexIn (aText);
|
---|
3983 | if (pos != -1)
|
---|
3984 | {
|
---|
3985 | QString intgS = regexp.cap (1);
|
---|
3986 | QString hundS;
|
---|
3987 | QString suff = regexp.cap (2);
|
---|
3988 | if (intgS.isEmpty())
|
---|
3989 | {
|
---|
3990 | intgS = regexp.cap (3);
|
---|
3991 | hundS = regexp.cap (4);
|
---|
3992 | suff = regexp.cap (5);
|
---|
3993 | }
|
---|
3994 |
|
---|
3995 | quint64 denom = 0;
|
---|
3996 | if (suff.isEmpty() || suff == "B")
|
---|
3997 | denom = 1;
|
---|
3998 | else if (suff == "KB")
|
---|
3999 | denom = _1K;
|
---|
4000 | else if (suff == "MB")
|
---|
4001 | denom = _1M;
|
---|
4002 | else if (suff == "GB")
|
---|
4003 | denom = _1G;
|
---|
4004 | else if (suff == "TB")
|
---|
4005 | denom = _1T;
|
---|
4006 | else if (suff == "PB")
|
---|
4007 | denom = _1P;
|
---|
4008 |
|
---|
4009 | quint64 intg = intgS.toULongLong();
|
---|
4010 | if (denom == 1)
|
---|
4011 | return intg;
|
---|
4012 |
|
---|
4013 | quint64 hund = hundS.leftJustified (2, '0').toULongLong();
|
---|
4014 | hund = hund * denom / 100;
|
---|
4015 | intg = intg * denom + hund;
|
---|
4016 | return intg;
|
---|
4017 | }
|
---|
4018 | else
|
---|
4019 | return 0;
|
---|
4020 | }
|
---|
4021 |
|
---|
4022 | /**
|
---|
4023 | * Formats the given @a aSize value in bytes to a human readable string
|
---|
4024 | * in form of <tt>####[.##] B|KB|MB|GB|TB|PB</tt>.
|
---|
4025 | *
|
---|
4026 | * The @a aMode and @a aDecimal parameters are used for rounding the resulting
|
---|
4027 | * number when converting the size value to KB, MB, etc gives a fractional part:
|
---|
4028 | * <ul>
|
---|
4029 | * <li>When \a aMode is FormatSize_Round, the result is rounded to the
|
---|
4030 | * closest number containing \a aDecimal decimal digits.
|
---|
4031 | * </li>
|
---|
4032 | * <li>When \a aMode is FormatSize_RoundDown, the result is rounded to the
|
---|
4033 | * largest number with \a aDecimal decimal digits that is not greater than
|
---|
4034 | * the result. This guarantees that converting the resulting string back to
|
---|
4035 | * the integer value in bytes will not produce a value greater that the
|
---|
4036 | * initial size parameter.
|
---|
4037 | * </li>
|
---|
4038 | * <li>When \a aMode is FormatSize_RoundUp, the result is rounded to the
|
---|
4039 | * smallest number with \a aDecimal decimal digits that is not less than the
|
---|
4040 | * result. This guarantees that converting the resulting string back to the
|
---|
4041 | * integer value in bytes will not produce a value less that the initial
|
---|
4042 | * size parameter.
|
---|
4043 | * </li>
|
---|
4044 | * </ul>
|
---|
4045 | *
|
---|
4046 | * @param aSize Size value in bytes.
|
---|
4047 | * @param aMode Conversion mode.
|
---|
4048 | * @param aDecimal Number of decimal digits in result.
|
---|
4049 | * @return Human-readable size string.
|
---|
4050 | */
|
---|
4051 | /* static */
|
---|
4052 | QString VBoxGlobal::formatSize (quint64 aSize, uint aDecimal /* = 2 */,
|
---|
4053 | VBoxDefs::FormatSize aMode /* = FormatSize_Round */)
|
---|
4054 | {
|
---|
4055 | static const char *Suffixes [] = { "B", "KB", "MB", "GB", "TB", "PB", NULL };
|
---|
4056 |
|
---|
4057 | quint64 denom = 0;
|
---|
4058 | int suffix = 0;
|
---|
4059 |
|
---|
4060 | if (aSize < _1K)
|
---|
4061 | {
|
---|
4062 | denom = 1;
|
---|
4063 | suffix = 0;
|
---|
4064 | }
|
---|
4065 | else if (aSize < _1M)
|
---|
4066 | {
|
---|
4067 | denom = _1K;
|
---|
4068 | suffix = 1;
|
---|
4069 | }
|
---|
4070 | else if (aSize < _1G)
|
---|
4071 | {
|
---|
4072 | denom = _1M;
|
---|
4073 | suffix = 2;
|
---|
4074 | }
|
---|
4075 | else if (aSize < _1T)
|
---|
4076 | {
|
---|
4077 | denom = _1G;
|
---|
4078 | suffix = 3;
|
---|
4079 | }
|
---|
4080 | else if (aSize < _1P)
|
---|
4081 | {
|
---|
4082 | denom = _1T;
|
---|
4083 | suffix = 4;
|
---|
4084 | }
|
---|
4085 | else
|
---|
4086 | {
|
---|
4087 | denom = _1P;
|
---|
4088 | suffix = 5;
|
---|
4089 | }
|
---|
4090 |
|
---|
4091 | quint64 intg = aSize / denom;
|
---|
4092 | quint64 decm = aSize % denom;
|
---|
4093 | quint64 mult = 1;
|
---|
4094 | for (uint i = 0; i < aDecimal; ++ i) mult *= 10;
|
---|
4095 |
|
---|
4096 | QString number;
|
---|
4097 | if (denom > 1)
|
---|
4098 | {
|
---|
4099 | if (decm)
|
---|
4100 | {
|
---|
4101 | decm *= mult;
|
---|
4102 | /* not greater */
|
---|
4103 | if (aMode == VBoxDefs::FormatSize_RoundDown)
|
---|
4104 | decm = decm / denom;
|
---|
4105 | /* not less */
|
---|
4106 | else if (aMode == VBoxDefs::FormatSize_RoundUp)
|
---|
4107 | decm = (decm + denom - 1) / denom;
|
---|
4108 | /* nearest */
|
---|
4109 | else decm = (decm + denom / 2) / denom;
|
---|
4110 | }
|
---|
4111 | /* check for the fractional part overflow due to rounding */
|
---|
4112 | if (decm == mult)
|
---|
4113 | {
|
---|
4114 | decm = 0;
|
---|
4115 | ++ intg;
|
---|
4116 | /* check if we've got 1024 XB after rounding and scale down if so */
|
---|
4117 | if (intg == 1024 && Suffixes [suffix + 1] != NULL)
|
---|
4118 | {
|
---|
4119 | intg /= 1024;
|
---|
4120 | ++ suffix;
|
---|
4121 | }
|
---|
4122 | }
|
---|
4123 | number = QString::number (intg);
|
---|
4124 | if (aDecimal) number += QString ("%1%2").arg (decimalSep())
|
---|
4125 | .arg (QString::number (decm).rightJustified (aDecimal, '0'));
|
---|
4126 | }
|
---|
4127 | else
|
---|
4128 | {
|
---|
4129 | number = QString::number (intg);
|
---|
4130 | }
|
---|
4131 |
|
---|
4132 | return QString ("%1 %2").arg (number).arg (Suffixes [suffix]);
|
---|
4133 | }
|
---|
4134 |
|
---|
4135 | /**
|
---|
4136 | * Returns the required video memory in bytes for the current desktop
|
---|
4137 | * resolution at maximum possible screen depth in bpp.
|
---|
4138 | */
|
---|
4139 | /* static */
|
---|
4140 | quint64 VBoxGlobal::requiredVideoMemory (CMachine *aMachine)
|
---|
4141 | {
|
---|
4142 | QSize desktopRes = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry().size();
|
---|
4143 | /* Calculate summary required memory amount in bits */
|
---|
4144 | quint64 needBits = (desktopRes.width() /* display width */ *
|
---|
4145 | desktopRes.height() /* display height */ *
|
---|
4146 | 32 /* we will take the maximum possible bpp for now */ +
|
---|
4147 | 8 * _1M /* current cache per screen - may be changed in future */) *
|
---|
4148 | (!aMachine || aMachine->isNull() ? 1 : aMachine->GetMonitorCount()) +
|
---|
4149 | 8 * 4096 /* adapter info */;
|
---|
4150 | /* Translate value into megabytes with rounding to highest side */
|
---|
4151 | quint64 needMBytes = needBits % (8 * _1M) ? needBits / (8 * _1M) + 1 :
|
---|
4152 | needBits / (8 * _1M) /* convert to megabytes */;
|
---|
4153 |
|
---|
4154 | return needMBytes * _1M;
|
---|
4155 | }
|
---|
4156 |
|
---|
4157 | /**
|
---|
4158 | * Puts soft hyphens after every path component in the given file name.
|
---|
4159 | *
|
---|
4160 | * @param aFileName File name (must be a full path name).
|
---|
4161 | */
|
---|
4162 | /* static */
|
---|
4163 | QString VBoxGlobal::locationForHTML (const QString &aFileName)
|
---|
4164 | {
|
---|
4165 | /// @todo (dmik) remove?
|
---|
4166 | // QString result = QDir::toNativeSeparators (fn);
|
---|
4167 | //#ifdef Q_OS_LINUX
|
---|
4168 | // result.replace ('/', "/<font color=red>­</font>");
|
---|
4169 | //#else
|
---|
4170 | // result.replace ('\\', "\\<font color=red>­</font>");
|
---|
4171 | //#endif
|
---|
4172 | // return result;
|
---|
4173 | QFileInfo fi (aFileName);
|
---|
4174 | return fi.fileName();
|
---|
4175 | }
|
---|
4176 |
|
---|
4177 | /**
|
---|
4178 | * Reformats the input string @a aStr so that:
|
---|
4179 | * - strings in single quotes will be put inside <nobr> and marked
|
---|
4180 | * with blue color;
|
---|
4181 | * - UUIDs be put inside <nobr> and marked
|
---|
4182 | * with green color;
|
---|
4183 | * - replaces new line chars with </p><p> constructs to form paragraphs
|
---|
4184 | * (note that <p> and </p> are not appended to the beginnign and to the
|
---|
4185 | * end of the string respectively, to allow the result be appended
|
---|
4186 | * or prepended to the existing paragraph).
|
---|
4187 | *
|
---|
4188 | * If @a aToolTip is true, colouring is not applied, only the <nobr> tag
|
---|
4189 | * is added. Also, new line chars are replaced with <br> instead of <p>.
|
---|
4190 | */
|
---|
4191 | /* static */
|
---|
4192 | QString VBoxGlobal::highlight (const QString &aStr, bool aToolTip /* = false */)
|
---|
4193 | {
|
---|
4194 | QString strFont;
|
---|
4195 | QString uuidFont;
|
---|
4196 | QString endFont;
|
---|
4197 | if (!aToolTip)
|
---|
4198 | {
|
---|
4199 | strFont = "<font color=#0000CC>";
|
---|
4200 | uuidFont = "<font color=#008000>";
|
---|
4201 | endFont = "</font>";
|
---|
4202 | }
|
---|
4203 |
|
---|
4204 | QString text = aStr;
|
---|
4205 |
|
---|
4206 | /* replace special entities, '&' -- first! */
|
---|
4207 | text.replace ('&', "&");
|
---|
4208 | text.replace ('<', "<");
|
---|
4209 | text.replace ('>', ">");
|
---|
4210 | text.replace ('\"', """);
|
---|
4211 |
|
---|
4212 | /* mark strings in single quotes with color */
|
---|
4213 | QRegExp rx = QRegExp ("((?:^|\\s)[(]?)'([^']*)'(?=[:.-!);]?(?:\\s|$))");
|
---|
4214 | rx.setMinimal (true);
|
---|
4215 | text.replace (rx,
|
---|
4216 | QString ("\\1%1<nobr>'\\2'</nobr>%2")
|
---|
4217 | .arg (strFont). arg (endFont));
|
---|
4218 |
|
---|
4219 | /* mark UUIDs with color */
|
---|
4220 | text.replace (QRegExp (
|
---|
4221 | "((?:^|\\s)[(]?)"
|
---|
4222 | "(\\{[0-9A-Fa-f]{8}-[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}-[0-9A-Fa-f]{12}\\})"
|
---|
4223 | "(?=[:.-!);]?(?:\\s|$))"),
|
---|
4224 | QString ("\\1%1<nobr>\\2</nobr>%2")
|
---|
4225 | .arg (uuidFont). arg (endFont));
|
---|
4226 |
|
---|
4227 | /* split to paragraphs at \n chars */
|
---|
4228 | if (!aToolTip)
|
---|
4229 | text.replace ('\n', "</p><p>");
|
---|
4230 | else
|
---|
4231 | text.replace ('\n', "<br>");
|
---|
4232 |
|
---|
4233 | return text;
|
---|
4234 | }
|
---|
4235 |
|
---|
4236 | /**
|
---|
4237 | * This does exactly the same as QLocale::system().name() but corrects its
|
---|
4238 | * wrong behavior on Linux systems (LC_NUMERIC for some strange reason takes
|
---|
4239 | * precedence over any other locale setting in the QLocale::system()
|
---|
4240 | * implementation). This implementation first looks at LC_ALL (as defined by
|
---|
4241 | * SUS), then looks at LC_MESSAGES which is designed to define a language for
|
---|
4242 | * program messages in case if it differs from the language for other locale
|
---|
4243 | * categories. Then it looks for LANG and finally falls back to
|
---|
4244 | * QLocale::system().name().
|
---|
4245 | *
|
---|
4246 | * The order of precedence is well defined here:
|
---|
4247 | * http://opengroup.org/onlinepubs/007908799/xbd/envvar.html
|
---|
4248 | *
|
---|
4249 | * @note This method will return "C" when the requested locale is invalid or
|
---|
4250 | * when the "C" locale is set explicitly.
|
---|
4251 | */
|
---|
4252 | /* static */
|
---|
4253 | QString VBoxGlobal::systemLanguageId()
|
---|
4254 | {
|
---|
4255 | #if defined (Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
4256 | /* QLocale return the right id only if the user select the format of the
|
---|
4257 | * language also. So we use our own implementation */
|
---|
4258 | return ::darwinSystemLanguage();
|
---|
4259 | #elif defined (Q_OS_UNIX)
|
---|
4260 | const char *s = RTEnvGet ("LC_ALL");
|
---|
4261 | if (s == 0)
|
---|
4262 | s = RTEnvGet ("LC_MESSAGES");
|
---|
4263 | if (s == 0)
|
---|
4264 | s = RTEnvGet ("LANG");
|
---|
4265 | if (s != 0)
|
---|
4266 | return QLocale (s).name();
|
---|
4267 | #endif
|
---|
4268 | return QLocale::system().name();
|
---|
4269 | }
|
---|
4270 |
|
---|
4271 | /**
|
---|
4272 | * Reimplementation of QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory() that removes some
|
---|
4273 | * oddities and limitations.
|
---|
4274 | *
|
---|
4275 | * On Win32, this function makes sure a native dialog is launched in
|
---|
4276 | * another thread to avoid dialog visualization errors occuring due to
|
---|
4277 | * multi-threaded COM apartment initialization on the main UI thread while
|
---|
4278 | * the appropriate native dialog function expects a single-threaded one.
|
---|
4279 | *
|
---|
4280 | * On all other platforms, this function is equivalent to
|
---|
4281 | * QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory().
|
---|
4282 | */
|
---|
4283 | QString VBoxGlobal::getExistingDirectory (const QString &aDir,
|
---|
4284 | QWidget *aParent,
|
---|
4285 | const QString &aCaption,
|
---|
4286 | bool aDirOnly,
|
---|
4287 | bool aResolveSymlinks)
|
---|
4288 | {
|
---|
4289 | #if defined Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
4290 |
|
---|
4291 | /**
|
---|
4292 | * QEvent class reimplementation to carry Win32 API native dialog's
|
---|
4293 | * result folder information
|
---|
4294 | */
|
---|
4295 | class GetExistDirectoryEvent : public OpenNativeDialogEvent
|
---|
4296 | {
|
---|
4297 | public:
|
---|
4298 |
|
---|
4299 | enum { TypeId = QEvent::User + 300 };
|
---|
4300 |
|
---|
4301 | GetExistDirectoryEvent (const QString &aResult)
|
---|
4302 | : OpenNativeDialogEvent (aResult, (QEvent::Type) TypeId) {}
|
---|
4303 | };
|
---|
4304 |
|
---|
4305 | /**
|
---|
4306 | * QThread class reimplementation to open Win32 API native folder's dialog
|
---|
4307 | */
|
---|
4308 | class Thread : public QThread
|
---|
4309 | {
|
---|
4310 | public:
|
---|
4311 |
|
---|
4312 | Thread (QWidget *aParent, QObject *aTarget,
|
---|
4313 | const QString &aDir, const QString &aCaption)
|
---|
4314 | : mParent (aParent), mTarget (aTarget), mDir (aDir), mCaption (aCaption) {}
|
---|
4315 |
|
---|
4316 | virtual void run()
|
---|
4317 | {
|
---|
4318 | QString result;
|
---|
4319 |
|
---|
4320 | QWidget *topParent = mParent ? mParent->window() : vboxGlobal().mainWindow();
|
---|
4321 | QString title = mCaption.isNull() ? tr ("Select a directory") : mCaption;
|
---|
4322 |
|
---|
4323 | TCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
|
---|
4324 | path [0] = 0;
|
---|
4325 | TCHAR initPath [MAX_PATH];
|
---|
4326 | initPath [0] = 0;
|
---|
4327 |
|
---|
4328 | BROWSEINFO bi;
|
---|
4329 | bi.hwndOwner = topParent ? topParent->winId() : 0;
|
---|
4330 | bi.pidlRoot = NULL;
|
---|
4331 | bi.lpszTitle = (TCHAR*)(title.isNull() ? 0 : title.utf16());
|
---|
4332 | bi.pszDisplayName = initPath;
|
---|
4333 | bi.ulFlags = BIF_RETURNONLYFSDIRS | BIF_STATUSTEXT | BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE;
|
---|
4334 | bi.lpfn = winGetExistDirCallbackProc;
|
---|
4335 | bi.lParam = Q_ULONG (&mDir);
|
---|
4336 |
|
---|
4337 | /* Qt is uncapable to properly handle modal state if the modal
|
---|
4338 | * window is not a QWidget. For example, if we have the W1->W2->N
|
---|
4339 | * ownership where Wx are QWidgets (W2 is modal), and N is a
|
---|
4340 | * native modal window, cliking on the title bar of W1 will still
|
---|
4341 | * activate W2 and redirect keyboard/mouse to it. The dirty hack
|
---|
4342 | * to prevent it is to disable the entire widget... */
|
---|
4343 | if (mParent)
|
---|
4344 | mParent->setEnabled (false);
|
---|
4345 |
|
---|
4346 | LPITEMIDLIST itemIdList = SHBrowseForFolder (&bi);
|
---|
4347 | if (itemIdList)
|
---|
4348 | {
|
---|
4349 | SHGetPathFromIDList (itemIdList, path);
|
---|
4350 | IMalloc *pMalloc;
|
---|
4351 | if (SHGetMalloc (&pMalloc) != NOERROR)
|
---|
4352 | result = QString::null;
|
---|
4353 | else
|
---|
4354 | {
|
---|
4355 | pMalloc->Free (itemIdList);
|
---|
4356 | pMalloc->Release();
|
---|
4357 | result = QString::fromUtf16 ((ushort*)path);
|
---|
4358 | }
|
---|
4359 | }
|
---|
4360 | else
|
---|
4361 | result = QString::null;
|
---|
4362 | QApplication::postEvent (mTarget, new GetExistDirectoryEvent (result));
|
---|
4363 |
|
---|
4364 | /* Enable the parent widget again. */
|
---|
4365 | if (mParent)
|
---|
4366 | mParent->setEnabled (true);
|
---|
4367 | }
|
---|
4368 |
|
---|
4369 | private:
|
---|
4370 |
|
---|
4371 | QWidget *mParent;
|
---|
4372 | QObject *mTarget;
|
---|
4373 | QString mDir;
|
---|
4374 | QString mCaption;
|
---|
4375 | };
|
---|
4376 |
|
---|
4377 | /* Local event loop to run while waiting for the result from another
|
---|
4378 | * thread */
|
---|
4379 | QEventLoop loop;
|
---|
4380 |
|
---|
4381 | QString dir = QDir::toNativeSeparators (aDir);
|
---|
4382 | LoopObject loopObject ((QEvent::Type) GetExistDirectoryEvent::TypeId, loop);
|
---|
4383 |
|
---|
4384 | Thread openDirThread (aParent, &loopObject, dir, aCaption);
|
---|
4385 | openDirThread.start();
|
---|
4386 | loop.exec();
|
---|
4387 | openDirThread.wait();
|
---|
4388 |
|
---|
4389 | return loopObject.result();
|
---|
4390 |
|
---|
4391 | #elif defined (Q_WS_X11) && (QT_VERSION < 0x040400)
|
---|
4392 |
|
---|
4393 | /* Here is workaround for Qt4.3 bug with QFileDialog which crushes when
|
---|
4394 | * gets initial path as hidden directory if no hidden files are shown.
|
---|
4395 | * See http://trolltech.com/developer/task-tracker/index_html?method=entry&id=193483
|
---|
4396 | * for details */
|
---|
4397 | QFileDialog dlg (aParent);
|
---|
4398 | dlg.setWindowTitle (aCaption);
|
---|
4399 | dlg.setDirectory (aDir);
|
---|
4400 | dlg.setResolveSymlinks (aResolveSymlinks);
|
---|
4401 | dlg.setFileMode (aDirOnly ? QFileDialog::DirectoryOnly : QFileDialog::Directory);
|
---|
4402 | QAction *hidden = dlg.findChild <QAction*> ("qt_show_hidden_action");
|
---|
4403 | if (hidden)
|
---|
4404 | {
|
---|
4405 | hidden->trigger();
|
---|
4406 | hidden->setVisible (false);
|
---|
4407 | }
|
---|
4408 | return dlg.exec() ? dlg.selectedFiles() [0] : QString::null;
|
---|
4409 |
|
---|
4410 | #else
|
---|
4411 |
|
---|
4412 | QFileDialog::Options o;
|
---|
4413 | if (aDirOnly)
|
---|
4414 | o = QFileDialog::ShowDirsOnly;
|
---|
4415 | if (!aResolveSymlinks)
|
---|
4416 | o |= QFileDialog::DontResolveSymlinks;
|
---|
4417 | return QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory (aParent, aCaption, aDir, o);
|
---|
4418 |
|
---|
4419 | #endif
|
---|
4420 | }
|
---|
4421 |
|
---|
4422 | /**
|
---|
4423 | * Reimplementation of QFileDialog::getOpenFileName() that removes some
|
---|
4424 | * oddities and limitations.
|
---|
4425 | *
|
---|
4426 | * On Win32, this function makes sure a file filter is applied automatically
|
---|
4427 | * right after it is selected from the drop-down list, to conform to common
|
---|
4428 | * experience in other applications. Note that currently, @a selectedFilter
|
---|
4429 | * is always set to null on return.
|
---|
4430 | *
|
---|
4431 | * On all other platforms, this function is equivalent to
|
---|
4432 | * QFileDialog::getOpenFileName().
|
---|
4433 | */
|
---|
4434 | /* static */
|
---|
4435 | QString VBoxGlobal::getOpenFileName (const QString &aStartWith,
|
---|
4436 | const QString &aFilters,
|
---|
4437 | QWidget *aParent,
|
---|
4438 | const QString &aCaption,
|
---|
4439 | QString *aSelectedFilter /* = NULL */,
|
---|
4440 | bool aResolveSymlinks /* = true */)
|
---|
4441 | {
|
---|
4442 | return getOpenFileNames (aStartWith,
|
---|
4443 | aFilters,
|
---|
4444 | aParent,
|
---|
4445 | aCaption,
|
---|
4446 | aSelectedFilter,
|
---|
4447 | aResolveSymlinks,
|
---|
4448 | true /* aSingleFile */).value (0, "");
|
---|
4449 | }
|
---|
4450 |
|
---|
4451 | /**
|
---|
4452 | * Reimplementation of QFileDialog::getOpenFileNames() that removes some
|
---|
4453 | * oddities and limitations.
|
---|
4454 | *
|
---|
4455 | * On Win32, this function makes sure a file filter is applied automatically
|
---|
4456 | * right after it is selected from the drop-down list, to conform to common
|
---|
4457 | * experience in other applications. Note that currently, @a selectedFilter
|
---|
4458 | * is always set to null on return.
|
---|
4459 | * @todo: implement the multiple file selection on win
|
---|
4460 | * @todo: is this extra handling on win still necessary with Qt4?
|
---|
4461 | *
|
---|
4462 | * On all other platforms, this function is equivalent to
|
---|
4463 | * QFileDialog::getOpenFileNames().
|
---|
4464 | */
|
---|
4465 | /* static */
|
---|
4466 | QStringList VBoxGlobal::getOpenFileNames (const QString &aStartWith,
|
---|
4467 | const QString &aFilters,
|
---|
4468 | QWidget *aParent,
|
---|
4469 | const QString &aCaption,
|
---|
4470 | QString *aSelectedFilter /* = NULL */,
|
---|
4471 | bool aResolveSymlinks /* = true */,
|
---|
4472 | bool aSingleFile /* = false */)
|
---|
4473 | {
|
---|
4474 | #if defined Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
4475 |
|
---|
4476 | /**
|
---|
4477 | * QEvent class reimplementation to carry Win32 API native dialog's
|
---|
4478 | * result folder information
|
---|
4479 | */
|
---|
4480 | class GetOpenFileNameEvent : public OpenNativeDialogEvent
|
---|
4481 | {
|
---|
4482 | public:
|
---|
4483 |
|
---|
4484 | enum { TypeId = QEvent::User + 301 };
|
---|
4485 |
|
---|
4486 | GetOpenFileNameEvent (const QString &aResult)
|
---|
4487 | : OpenNativeDialogEvent (aResult, (QEvent::Type) TypeId) {}
|
---|
4488 | };
|
---|
4489 |
|
---|
4490 | /**
|
---|
4491 | * QThread class reimplementation to open Win32 API native file dialog
|
---|
4492 | */
|
---|
4493 | class Thread : public QThread
|
---|
4494 | {
|
---|
4495 | public:
|
---|
4496 |
|
---|
4497 | Thread (QWidget *aParent, QObject *aTarget,
|
---|
4498 | const QString &aStartWith, const QString &aFilters,
|
---|
4499 | const QString &aCaption) :
|
---|
4500 | mParent (aParent), mTarget (aTarget),
|
---|
4501 | mStartWith (aStartWith), mFilters (aFilters),
|
---|
4502 | mCaption (aCaption) {}
|
---|
4503 |
|
---|
4504 | virtual void run()
|
---|
4505 | {
|
---|
4506 | QString result;
|
---|
4507 |
|
---|
4508 | QString workDir;
|
---|
4509 | QString initSel;
|
---|
4510 | QFileInfo fi (mStartWith);
|
---|
4511 |
|
---|
4512 | if (fi.isDir())
|
---|
4513 | workDir = mStartWith;
|
---|
4514 | else
|
---|
4515 | {
|
---|
4516 | workDir = fi.absolutePath();
|
---|
4517 | initSel = fi.fileName();
|
---|
4518 | }
|
---|
4519 |
|
---|
4520 | workDir = QDir::toNativeSeparators (workDir);
|
---|
4521 | if (!workDir.endsWith ("\\"))
|
---|
4522 | workDir += "\\";
|
---|
4523 |
|
---|
4524 | QString title = mCaption.isNull() ? tr ("Select a file") : mCaption;
|
---|
4525 |
|
---|
4526 | QWidget *topParent = mParent ? mParent->window() : vboxGlobal().mainWindow();
|
---|
4527 | QString winFilters = winFilter (mFilters);
|
---|
4528 | AssertCompile (sizeof (TCHAR) == sizeof (QChar));
|
---|
4529 | TCHAR buf [1024];
|
---|
4530 | if (initSel.length() > 0 && initSel.length() < sizeof (buf))
|
---|
4531 | memcpy (buf, initSel.isNull() ? 0 : initSel.utf16(),
|
---|
4532 | (initSel.length() + 1) * sizeof (TCHAR));
|
---|
4533 | else
|
---|
4534 | buf [0] = 0;
|
---|
4535 |
|
---|
4536 | OPENFILENAME ofn;
|
---|
4537 | memset (&ofn, 0, sizeof (OPENFILENAME));
|
---|
4538 |
|
---|
4539 | ofn.lStructSize = sizeof (OPENFILENAME);
|
---|
4540 | ofn.hwndOwner = topParent ? topParent->winId() : 0;
|
---|
4541 | ofn.lpstrFilter = (TCHAR *) winFilters.isNull() ? 0 : winFilters.utf16();
|
---|
4542 | ofn.lpstrFile = buf;
|
---|
4543 | ofn.nMaxFile = sizeof (buf) - 1;
|
---|
4544 | ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (TCHAR *) workDir.isNull() ? 0 : workDir.utf16();
|
---|
4545 | ofn.lpstrTitle = (TCHAR *) title.isNull() ? 0 : title.utf16();
|
---|
4546 | ofn.Flags = (OFN_NOCHANGEDIR | OFN_HIDEREADONLY |
|
---|
4547 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK |
|
---|
4548 | OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST);
|
---|
4549 | ofn.lpfnHook = OFNHookProc;
|
---|
4550 |
|
---|
4551 | if (GetOpenFileName (&ofn))
|
---|
4552 | {
|
---|
4553 | result = QString::fromUtf16 ((ushort *) ofn.lpstrFile);
|
---|
4554 | }
|
---|
4555 |
|
---|
4556 | // qt_win_eatMouseMove();
|
---|
4557 | MSG msg = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
|
---|
4558 | while (PeekMessage (&msg, 0, WM_MOUSEMOVE, WM_MOUSEMOVE, PM_REMOVE));
|
---|
4559 | if (msg.message == WM_MOUSEMOVE)
|
---|
4560 | PostMessage (msg.hwnd, msg.message, 0, msg.lParam);
|
---|
4561 |
|
---|
4562 | result = result.isEmpty() ? result : QFileInfo (result).absoluteFilePath();
|
---|
4563 |
|
---|
4564 | QApplication::postEvent (mTarget, new GetOpenFileNameEvent (result));
|
---|
4565 | }
|
---|
4566 |
|
---|
4567 | private:
|
---|
4568 |
|
---|
4569 | QWidget *mParent;
|
---|
4570 | QObject *mTarget;
|
---|
4571 | QString mStartWith;
|
---|
4572 | QString mFilters;
|
---|
4573 | QString mCaption;
|
---|
4574 | };
|
---|
4575 |
|
---|
4576 | if (aSelectedFilter)
|
---|
4577 | *aSelectedFilter = QString::null;
|
---|
4578 |
|
---|
4579 | /* Local event loop to run while waiting for the result from another
|
---|
4580 | * thread */
|
---|
4581 | QEventLoop loop;
|
---|
4582 |
|
---|
4583 | QString startWith = QDir::toNativeSeparators (aStartWith);
|
---|
4584 | LoopObject loopObject ((QEvent::Type) GetOpenFileNameEvent::TypeId, loop);
|
---|
4585 |
|
---|
4586 | //#warning check me!
|
---|
4587 | if (aParent)
|
---|
4588 | aParent->setWindowModality (Qt::WindowModal);
|
---|
4589 |
|
---|
4590 | Thread openDirThread (aParent, &loopObject, startWith, aFilters, aCaption);
|
---|
4591 | openDirThread.start();
|
---|
4592 | loop.exec();
|
---|
4593 | openDirThread.wait();
|
---|
4594 |
|
---|
4595 | //#warning check me!
|
---|
4596 | if (aParent)
|
---|
4597 | aParent->setWindowModality (Qt::NonModal);
|
---|
4598 |
|
---|
4599 | return QStringList() << loopObject.result();
|
---|
4600 |
|
---|
4601 | #elif defined (Q_WS_X11) && (QT_VERSION < 0x040400)
|
---|
4602 |
|
---|
4603 | /* Here is workaround for Qt4.3 bug with QFileDialog which crushes when
|
---|
4604 | * gets initial path as hidden directory if no hidden files are shown.
|
---|
4605 | * See http://trolltech.com/developer/task-tracker/index_html?method=entry&id=193483
|
---|
4606 | * for details */
|
---|
4607 | QFileDialog dlg (aParent);
|
---|
4608 | dlg.setWindowTitle (aCaption);
|
---|
4609 | dlg.setDirectory (aStartWith);
|
---|
4610 | dlg.setFilter (aFilters);
|
---|
4611 | if (aSingleFile)
|
---|
4612 | dlg.setFileMode (QFileDialog::ExistingFile);
|
---|
4613 | else
|
---|
4614 | dlg.setFileMode (QFileDialog::ExistingFiles);
|
---|
4615 | if (aSelectedFilter)
|
---|
4616 | dlg.selectFilter (*aSelectedFilter);
|
---|
4617 | dlg.setResolveSymlinks (aResolveSymlinks);
|
---|
4618 | QAction *hidden = dlg.findChild <QAction*> ("qt_show_hidden_action");
|
---|
4619 | if (hidden)
|
---|
4620 | {
|
---|
4621 | hidden->trigger();
|
---|
4622 | hidden->setVisible (false);
|
---|
4623 | }
|
---|
4624 | return dlg.exec() == QDialog::Accepted ? dlg.selectedFiles() : QStringList() << QString::null;
|
---|
4625 |
|
---|
4626 | #else
|
---|
4627 |
|
---|
4628 | QFileDialog::Options o;
|
---|
4629 | if (!aResolveSymlinks)
|
---|
4630 | o |= QFileDialog::DontResolveSymlinks;
|
---|
4631 | if (aSingleFile)
|
---|
4632 | return QStringList() << QFileDialog::getOpenFileName (aParent, aCaption, aStartWith,
|
---|
4633 | aFilters, aSelectedFilter, o);
|
---|
4634 | else
|
---|
4635 | return QFileDialog::getOpenFileNames (aParent, aCaption, aStartWith,
|
---|
4636 | aFilters, aSelectedFilter, o);
|
---|
4637 | #endif
|
---|
4638 | }
|
---|
4639 |
|
---|
4640 | /**
|
---|
4641 | * Search for the first directory that exists starting from the passed one
|
---|
4642 | * and going up through its parents. In case if none of the directories
|
---|
4643 | * exist (except the root one), the function returns QString::null.
|
---|
4644 | */
|
---|
4645 | /* static */
|
---|
4646 | QString VBoxGlobal::getFirstExistingDir (const QString &aStartDir)
|
---|
4647 | {
|
---|
4648 | QString result = QString::null;
|
---|
4649 | QDir dir (aStartDir);
|
---|
4650 | while (!dir.exists() && !dir.isRoot())
|
---|
4651 | {
|
---|
4652 | QFileInfo dirInfo (dir.absolutePath());
|
---|
4653 | dir = dirInfo.absolutePath();
|
---|
4654 | }
|
---|
4655 | if (dir.exists() && !dir.isRoot())
|
---|
4656 | result = dir.absolutePath();
|
---|
4657 | return result;
|
---|
4658 | }
|
---|
4659 |
|
---|
4660 | #if defined (Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
4661 |
|
---|
4662 | static char *XXGetProperty (Display *aDpy, Window aWnd,
|
---|
4663 | Atom aPropType, const char *aPropName)
|
---|
4664 | {
|
---|
4665 | Atom propNameAtom = XInternAtom (aDpy, aPropName,
|
---|
4666 | True /* only_if_exists */);
|
---|
4667 | if (propNameAtom == None)
|
---|
4668 | return NULL;
|
---|
4669 |
|
---|
4670 | Atom actTypeAtom = None;
|
---|
4671 | int actFmt = 0;
|
---|
4672 | unsigned long nItems = 0;
|
---|
4673 | unsigned long nBytesAfter = 0;
|
---|
4674 | unsigned char *propVal = NULL;
|
---|
4675 | int rc = XGetWindowProperty (aDpy, aWnd, propNameAtom,
|
---|
4676 | 0, LONG_MAX, False /* delete */,
|
---|
4677 | aPropType, &actTypeAtom, &actFmt,
|
---|
4678 | &nItems, &nBytesAfter, &propVal);
|
---|
4679 | if (rc != Success)
|
---|
4680 | return NULL;
|
---|
4681 |
|
---|
4682 | return reinterpret_cast <char *> (propVal);
|
---|
4683 | }
|
---|
4684 |
|
---|
4685 | static Bool XXSendClientMessage (Display *aDpy, Window aWnd, const char *aMsg,
|
---|
4686 | unsigned long aData0 = 0, unsigned long aData1 = 0,
|
---|
4687 | unsigned long aData2 = 0, unsigned long aData3 = 0,
|
---|
4688 | unsigned long aData4 = 0)
|
---|
4689 | {
|
---|
4690 | Atom msgAtom = XInternAtom (aDpy, aMsg, True /* only_if_exists */);
|
---|
4691 | if (msgAtom == None)
|
---|
4692 | return False;
|
---|
4693 |
|
---|
4694 | XEvent ev;
|
---|
4695 |
|
---|
4696 | ev.xclient.type = ClientMessage;
|
---|
4697 | ev.xclient.serial = 0;
|
---|
4698 | ev.xclient.send_event = True;
|
---|
4699 | ev.xclient.display = aDpy;
|
---|
4700 | ev.xclient.window = aWnd;
|
---|
4701 | ev.xclient.message_type = msgAtom;
|
---|
4702 |
|
---|
4703 | /* always send as 32 bit for now */
|
---|
4704 | ev.xclient.format = 32;
|
---|
4705 | ev.xclient.data.l [0] = aData0;
|
---|
4706 | ev.xclient.data.l [1] = aData1;
|
---|
4707 | ev.xclient.data.l [2] = aData2;
|
---|
4708 | ev.xclient.data.l [3] = aData3;
|
---|
4709 | ev.xclient.data.l [4] = aData4;
|
---|
4710 |
|
---|
4711 | return XSendEvent (aDpy, DefaultRootWindow (aDpy), False,
|
---|
4712 | SubstructureRedirectMask, &ev) != 0;
|
---|
4713 | }
|
---|
4714 |
|
---|
4715 | #endif
|
---|
4716 |
|
---|
4717 | /**
|
---|
4718 | * Activates the specified window. If necessary, the window will be
|
---|
4719 | * de-iconified activation.
|
---|
4720 | *
|
---|
4721 | * @note On X11, it is implied that @a aWid represents a window of the same
|
---|
4722 | * display the application was started on.
|
---|
4723 | *
|
---|
4724 | * @param aWId Window ID to activate.
|
---|
4725 | * @param aSwitchDesktop @c true to switch to the window's desktop before
|
---|
4726 | * activation.
|
---|
4727 | *
|
---|
4728 | * @return @c true on success and @c false otherwise.
|
---|
4729 | */
|
---|
4730 | /* static */
|
---|
4731 | bool VBoxGlobal::activateWindow (WId aWId, bool aSwitchDesktop /* = true */)
|
---|
4732 | {
|
---|
4733 | bool result = true;
|
---|
4734 |
|
---|
4735 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN32)
|
---|
4736 |
|
---|
4737 | if (IsIconic (aWId))
|
---|
4738 | result &= !!ShowWindow (aWId, SW_RESTORE);
|
---|
4739 | else if (!IsWindowVisible (aWId))
|
---|
4740 | result &= !!ShowWindow (aWId, SW_SHOW);
|
---|
4741 |
|
---|
4742 | result &= !!SetForegroundWindow (aWId);
|
---|
4743 |
|
---|
4744 | #elif defined (Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
4745 |
|
---|
4746 | Display *dpy = QX11Info::display();
|
---|
4747 |
|
---|
4748 | if (aSwitchDesktop)
|
---|
4749 | {
|
---|
4750 | /* try to find the desktop ID using the NetWM property */
|
---|
4751 | CARD32 *desktop = (CARD32 *) XXGetProperty (dpy, aWId, XA_CARDINAL,
|
---|
4752 | "_NET_WM_DESKTOP");
|
---|
4753 | if (desktop == NULL)
|
---|
4754 | /* if the NetWM propery is not supported try to find the desktop
|
---|
4755 | * ID using the GNOME WM property */
|
---|
4756 | desktop = (CARD32 *) XXGetProperty (dpy, aWId, XA_CARDINAL,
|
---|
4757 | "_WIN_WORKSPACE");
|
---|
4758 |
|
---|
4759 | if (desktop != NULL)
|
---|
4760 | {
|
---|
4761 | Bool ok = XXSendClientMessage (dpy, DefaultRootWindow (dpy),
|
---|
4762 | "_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP",
|
---|
4763 | *desktop);
|
---|
4764 | if (!ok)
|
---|
4765 | {
|
---|
4766 | LogWarningFunc (("Couldn't switch to desktop=%08X\n",
|
---|
4767 | desktop));
|
---|
4768 | result = false;
|
---|
4769 | }
|
---|
4770 | XFree (desktop);
|
---|
4771 | }
|
---|
4772 | else
|
---|
4773 | {
|
---|
4774 | LogWarningFunc (("Couldn't find a desktop ID for aWId=%08X\n",
|
---|
4775 | aWId));
|
---|
4776 | result = false;
|
---|
4777 | }
|
---|
4778 | }
|
---|
4779 |
|
---|
4780 | Bool ok = XXSendClientMessage (dpy, aWId, "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW");
|
---|
4781 | result &= !!ok;
|
---|
4782 |
|
---|
4783 | XRaiseWindow (dpy, aWId);
|
---|
4784 |
|
---|
4785 | #else
|
---|
4786 |
|
---|
4787 | NOREF (aSwitchDesktop);
|
---|
4788 | AssertFailed();
|
---|
4789 | result = false;
|
---|
4790 |
|
---|
4791 | #endif
|
---|
4792 |
|
---|
4793 | if (!result)
|
---|
4794 | LogWarningFunc (("Couldn't activate aWId=%08X\n", aWId));
|
---|
4795 |
|
---|
4796 | return result;
|
---|
4797 | }
|
---|
4798 |
|
---|
4799 | /**
|
---|
4800 | * Removes the acceletartor mark (the ampersand symbol) from the given string
|
---|
4801 | * and returns the result. The string is supposed to be a menu item's text
|
---|
4802 | * that may (or may not) contain the accelerator mark.
|
---|
4803 | *
|
---|
4804 | * In order to support accelerators used in non-alphabet languages
|
---|
4805 | * (e.g. Japanese) that has a form of "(&<L>)" (where <L> is a latin letter),
|
---|
4806 | * this method first searches for this pattern and, if found, removes it as a
|
---|
4807 | * whole. If such a pattern is not found, then the '&' character is simply
|
---|
4808 | * removed from the string.
|
---|
4809 | *
|
---|
4810 | * @note This function removes only the first occurense of the accelerator
|
---|
4811 | * mark.
|
---|
4812 | *
|
---|
4813 | * @param aText Menu item's text to remove the acceletaror mark from.
|
---|
4814 | *
|
---|
4815 | * @return The resulting string.
|
---|
4816 | */
|
---|
4817 | /* static */
|
---|
4818 | QString VBoxGlobal::removeAccelMark (const QString &aText)
|
---|
4819 | {
|
---|
4820 | QString result = aText;
|
---|
4821 |
|
---|
4822 | QRegExp accel ("\\(&[a-zA-Z]\\)");
|
---|
4823 | int pos = accel.indexIn (result);
|
---|
4824 | if (pos >= 0)
|
---|
4825 | result.remove (pos, accel.cap().length());
|
---|
4826 | else
|
---|
4827 | {
|
---|
4828 | pos = result.indexOf ('&');
|
---|
4829 | if (pos >= 0)
|
---|
4830 | result.remove (pos, 1);
|
---|
4831 | }
|
---|
4832 |
|
---|
4833 | return result;
|
---|
4834 | }
|
---|
4835 |
|
---|
4836 | /* static */
|
---|
4837 | QString VBoxGlobal::insertKeyToActionText (const QString &aText, const QString &aKey)
|
---|
4838 | {
|
---|
4839 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
4840 | QString key ("%1 (Host+%2)");
|
---|
4841 | #else
|
---|
4842 | QString key ("%1 \tHost+%2");
|
---|
4843 | #endif
|
---|
4844 | return key.arg (aText).arg (QKeySequence (aKey).toString (QKeySequence::NativeText));
|
---|
4845 | }
|
---|
4846 |
|
---|
4847 | /* static */
|
---|
4848 | QString VBoxGlobal::extractKeyFromActionText (const QString &aText)
|
---|
4849 | {
|
---|
4850 | QString key;
|
---|
4851 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
---|
4852 | QRegExp re (".* \\(Host\\+(.+)\\)");
|
---|
4853 | #else
|
---|
4854 | QRegExp re (".* \\t\\Host\\+(.+)");
|
---|
4855 | #endif
|
---|
4856 | if (re.exactMatch (aText))
|
---|
4857 | key = re.cap (1);
|
---|
4858 | return key;
|
---|
4859 | }
|
---|
4860 |
|
---|
4861 | /**
|
---|
4862 | * Joins two pixmaps horizontally with 2px space between them and returns the
|
---|
4863 | * result.
|
---|
4864 | *
|
---|
4865 | * @param aPM1 Left pixmap.
|
---|
4866 | * @param aPM2 Right pixmap.
|
---|
4867 | */
|
---|
4868 | /* static */
|
---|
4869 | QPixmap VBoxGlobal::joinPixmaps (const QPixmap &aPM1, const QPixmap &aPM2)
|
---|
4870 | {
|
---|
4871 | if (aPM1.isNull())
|
---|
4872 | return aPM2;
|
---|
4873 | if (aPM2.isNull())
|
---|
4874 | return aPM1;
|
---|
4875 |
|
---|
4876 | QPixmap result (aPM1.width() + aPM2.width() + 2,
|
---|
4877 | qMax (aPM1.height(), aPM2.height()));
|
---|
4878 | result.fill (Qt::transparent);
|
---|
4879 |
|
---|
4880 | QPainter painter (&result);
|
---|
4881 | painter.drawPixmap (0, 0, aPM1);
|
---|
4882 | painter.drawPixmap (aPM1.width() + 2, result.height() - aPM2.height(), aPM2);
|
---|
4883 | painter.end();
|
---|
4884 |
|
---|
4885 | return result;
|
---|
4886 | }
|
---|
4887 |
|
---|
4888 | /**
|
---|
4889 | * Searches for a widget that with @a aName (if it is not NULL) which inherits
|
---|
4890 | * @a aClassName (if it is not NULL) and among children of @a aParent. If @a
|
---|
4891 | * aParent is NULL, all top-level widgets are searched. If @a aRecursive is
|
---|
4892 | * true, child widgets are recursively searched as well.
|
---|
4893 | */
|
---|
4894 | /* static */
|
---|
4895 | QWidget *VBoxGlobal::findWidget (QWidget *aParent, const char *aName,
|
---|
4896 | const char *aClassName /* = NULL */,
|
---|
4897 | bool aRecursive /* = false */)
|
---|
4898 | {
|
---|
4899 | if (aParent == NULL)
|
---|
4900 | {
|
---|
4901 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
4902 | QWidget* w = NULL;
|
---|
4903 | foreach(w, list)
|
---|
4904 | {
|
---|
4905 | if ((!aName || strcmp (w->objectName().toAscii().constData(), aName) == 0) &&
|
---|
4906 | (!aClassName || strcmp (w->metaObject()->className(), aClassName) == 0))
|
---|
4907 | break;
|
---|
4908 | if (aRecursive)
|
---|
4909 | {
|
---|
4910 | w = findWidget (w, aName, aClassName, aRecursive);
|
---|
4911 | if (w)
|
---|
4912 | break;
|
---|
4913 | }
|
---|
4914 | }
|
---|
4915 | return w;
|
---|
4916 | }
|
---|
4917 |
|
---|
4918 | /* Find the first children of aParent with the appropriate properties.
|
---|
4919 | * Please note that this call is recursivly. */
|
---|
4920 | QList<QWidget *> list = qFindChildren<QWidget *> (aParent, aName);
|
---|
4921 | QWidget *child = NULL;
|
---|
4922 | foreach(child, list)
|
---|
4923 | {
|
---|
4924 | if (!aClassName || strcmp (child->metaObject()->className(), aClassName) == 0)
|
---|
4925 | break;
|
---|
4926 | }
|
---|
4927 | return child;
|
---|
4928 | }
|
---|
4929 |
|
---|
4930 | /**
|
---|
4931 | * Figures out which hard disk formats are currently supported by VirtualBox.
|
---|
4932 | * Returned is a list of pairs with the form
|
---|
4933 | * <tt>{"Backend Name", "*.suffix1 .suffix2 ..."}</tt>.
|
---|
4934 | */
|
---|
4935 | /* static */
|
---|
4936 | QList <QPair <QString, QString> > VBoxGlobal::HDDBackends()
|
---|
4937 | {
|
---|
4938 | CSystemProperties systemProperties = vboxGlobal().virtualBox().GetSystemProperties();
|
---|
4939 | QVector<CHardDiskFormat> hardDiskFormats = systemProperties.GetHardDiskFormats();
|
---|
4940 | QList< QPair<QString, QString> > backendPropList;
|
---|
4941 | for (int i = 0; i < hardDiskFormats.size(); ++ i)
|
---|
4942 | {
|
---|
4943 | /* File extensions */
|
---|
4944 | QVector <QString> fileExtensions = hardDiskFormats [i].GetFileExtensions();
|
---|
4945 | QStringList f;
|
---|
4946 | for (int a = 0; a < fileExtensions.size(); ++ a)
|
---|
4947 | f << QString ("*.%1").arg (fileExtensions [a]);
|
---|
4948 | /* Create a pair out of the backend description and all suffix's. */
|
---|
4949 | if (!f.isEmpty())
|
---|
4950 | backendPropList << QPair<QString, QString> (hardDiskFormats [i].GetName(), f.join(" "));
|
---|
4951 | }
|
---|
4952 | return backendPropList;
|
---|
4953 | }
|
---|
4954 |
|
---|
4955 | // Public slots
|
---|
4956 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
4957 |
|
---|
4958 | /**
|
---|
4959 | * Opens the specified URL using OS/Desktop capabilities.
|
---|
4960 | *
|
---|
4961 | * @param aURL URL to open
|
---|
4962 | *
|
---|
4963 | * @return true on success and false otherwise
|
---|
4964 | */
|
---|
4965 | bool VBoxGlobal::openURL (const QString &aURL)
|
---|
4966 | {
|
---|
4967 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
4968 | /* We cannot use ShellExecute() on the main UI thread because we've
|
---|
4969 | * initialized COM with CoInitializeEx(COINIT_MULTITHREADED). See
|
---|
4970 | * http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;287087
|
---|
4971 | * for more details. */
|
---|
4972 | class Thread : public QThread
|
---|
4973 | {
|
---|
4974 | public:
|
---|
4975 |
|
---|
4976 | Thread (const QString &aURL, QObject *aObject)
|
---|
4977 | : mObject (aObject), mURL (aURL) {}
|
---|
4978 |
|
---|
4979 | void run()
|
---|
4980 | {
|
---|
4981 | int rc = (int) ShellExecute (NULL, NULL, mURL.isNull() ? 0 : mURL.utf16(),
|
---|
4982 | NULL, NULL, SW_SHOW);
|
---|
4983 | bool ok = rc > 32;
|
---|
4984 | QApplication::postEvent
|
---|
4985 | (mObject,
|
---|
4986 | new VBoxShellExecuteEvent (this, mURL, ok));
|
---|
4987 | }
|
---|
4988 |
|
---|
4989 | QString mURL;
|
---|
4990 | QObject *mObject;
|
---|
4991 | };
|
---|
4992 |
|
---|
4993 | Thread *thread = new Thread (aURL, this);
|
---|
4994 | thread->start();
|
---|
4995 | /* thread will be deleted in the VBoxShellExecuteEvent handler */
|
---|
4996 |
|
---|
4997 | return true;
|
---|
4998 |
|
---|
4999 | #elif defined (Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
5000 |
|
---|
5001 | static const char * const commands[] =
|
---|
5002 | { "kfmclient:exec", "gnome-open", "x-www-browser", "firefox", "konqueror" };
|
---|
5003 |
|
---|
5004 | for (size_t i = 0; i < RT_ELEMENTS (commands); ++ i)
|
---|
5005 | {
|
---|
5006 | QStringList args = QString(commands [i]).split (':');
|
---|
5007 | args += aURL;
|
---|
5008 | QString command = args.takeFirst();
|
---|
5009 | if (QProcess::startDetached (command, args))
|
---|
5010 | return true;
|
---|
5011 | }
|
---|
5012 |
|
---|
5013 | #elif defined (Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
5014 |
|
---|
5015 | /* The code below is taken from Psi 0.10 sources
|
---|
5016 | * (http://www.psi-im.org) */
|
---|
5017 |
|
---|
5018 | /* Use Internet Config to hand the URL to the appropriate application, as
|
---|
5019 | * set by the user in the Internet Preferences pane.
|
---|
5020 | * NOTE: ICStart could be called once at Psi startup, saving the
|
---|
5021 | * ICInstance in a global variable, as a minor optimization.
|
---|
5022 | * ICStop should then be called at Psi shutdown if ICStart
|
---|
5023 | * succeeded. */
|
---|
5024 | ICInstance icInstance;
|
---|
5025 | OSType psiSignature = 'psi ';
|
---|
5026 | OSStatus error = ::ICStart (&icInstance, psiSignature);
|
---|
5027 | if (error == noErr)
|
---|
5028 | {
|
---|
5029 | ConstStr255Param hint (0x0);
|
---|
5030 | QByteArray cs = aURL.toLocal8Bit();
|
---|
5031 | const char* data = cs.data();
|
---|
5032 | long length = cs.length();
|
---|
5033 | long start (0);
|
---|
5034 | long end (length);
|
---|
5035 | /* Don't bother testing return value (error); launched application
|
---|
5036 | * will report problems. */
|
---|
5037 | ::ICLaunchURL (icInstance, hint, data, length, &start, &end);
|
---|
5038 | ICStop (icInstance);
|
---|
5039 | return true;
|
---|
5040 | }
|
---|
5041 |
|
---|
5042 | #else
|
---|
5043 | vboxProblem().message
|
---|
5044 | (NULL, VBoxProblemReporter::Error,
|
---|
5045 | tr ("Opening URLs is not implemented yet."));
|
---|
5046 | return false;
|
---|
5047 | #endif
|
---|
5048 |
|
---|
5049 | /* if we go here it means we couldn't open the URL */
|
---|
5050 | vboxProblem().cannotOpenURL (aURL);
|
---|
5051 |
|
---|
5052 | return false;
|
---|
5053 | }
|
---|
5054 |
|
---|
5055 | /**
|
---|
5056 | * Shows the VirtualBox registration dialog.
|
---|
5057 | *
|
---|
5058 | * @note that this method is not part of VBoxProblemReporter (like e.g.
|
---|
5059 | * VBoxProblemReporter::showHelpAboutDialog()) because it is tied to
|
---|
5060 | * VBoxCallback::OnExtraDataChange() handling performed by VBoxGlobal.
|
---|
5061 | *
|
---|
5062 | * @param aForce
|
---|
5063 | */
|
---|
5064 | void VBoxGlobal::showRegistrationDialog (bool aForce)
|
---|
5065 | {
|
---|
5066 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_REGISTRATION
|
---|
5067 | if (!aForce && !VBoxRegistrationDlg::hasToBeShown())
|
---|
5068 | return;
|
---|
5069 |
|
---|
5070 | if (mRegDlg)
|
---|
5071 | {
|
---|
5072 | /* Show the already opened registration dialog */
|
---|
5073 | mRegDlg->setWindowState (mRegDlg->windowState() & ~Qt::WindowMinimized);
|
---|
5074 | mRegDlg->raise();
|
---|
5075 | mRegDlg->activateWindow();
|
---|
5076 | }
|
---|
5077 | else
|
---|
5078 | {
|
---|
5079 | /* Store the ID of the main window to ensure that only one
|
---|
5080 | * registration dialog is shown at a time. Due to manipulations with
|
---|
5081 | * OnExtraDataCanChange() and OnExtraDataChange() signals, this extra
|
---|
5082 | * data item acts like an inter-process mutex, so the first process
|
---|
5083 | * that attempts to set it will win, the rest will get a failure from
|
---|
5084 | * the SetExtraData() call. */
|
---|
5085 | mVBox.SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_RegistrationDlgWinID,
|
---|
5086 | QString ("%1").arg ((qulonglong) mMainWindow->winId()));
|
---|
5087 |
|
---|
5088 | if (mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
5089 | {
|
---|
5090 | /* We've got the "mutex", create a new registration dialog */
|
---|
5091 | VBoxRegistrationDlg *dlg =
|
---|
5092 | new VBoxRegistrationDlg (&mRegDlg, 0);
|
---|
5093 | dlg->setAttribute (Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose);
|
---|
5094 | Assert (dlg == mRegDlg);
|
---|
5095 | mRegDlg->show();
|
---|
5096 | }
|
---|
5097 | }
|
---|
5098 | #endif
|
---|
5099 | }
|
---|
5100 |
|
---|
5101 | /**
|
---|
5102 | * Shows the VirtualBox version check & update dialog.
|
---|
5103 | *
|
---|
5104 | * @note that this method is not part of VBoxProblemReporter (like e.g.
|
---|
5105 | * VBoxProblemReporter::showHelpAboutDialog()) because it is tied to
|
---|
5106 | * VBoxCallback::OnExtraDataChange() handling performed by VBoxGlobal.
|
---|
5107 | *
|
---|
5108 | * @param aForce
|
---|
5109 | */
|
---|
5110 | void VBoxGlobal::showUpdateDialog (bool aForce)
|
---|
5111 | {
|
---|
5112 | bool isNecessary = VBoxUpdateDlg::isNecessary();
|
---|
5113 |
|
---|
5114 | if (!aForce && !isNecessary)
|
---|
5115 | return;
|
---|
5116 |
|
---|
5117 | if (mUpdDlg)
|
---|
5118 | {
|
---|
5119 | if (!mUpdDlg->isHidden())
|
---|
5120 | {
|
---|
5121 | mUpdDlg->setWindowState (mUpdDlg->windowState() & ~Qt::WindowMinimized);
|
---|
5122 | mUpdDlg->raise();
|
---|
5123 | mUpdDlg->activateWindow();
|
---|
5124 | }
|
---|
5125 | }
|
---|
5126 | else
|
---|
5127 | {
|
---|
5128 | /* Store the ID of the main window to ensure that only one
|
---|
5129 | * update dialog is shown at a time. Due to manipulations with
|
---|
5130 | * OnExtraDataCanChange() and OnExtraDataChange() signals, this extra
|
---|
5131 | * data item acts like an inter-process mutex, so the first process
|
---|
5132 | * that attempts to set it will win, the rest will get a failure from
|
---|
5133 | * the SetExtraData() call. */
|
---|
5134 | mVBox.SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_UpdateDlgWinID,
|
---|
5135 | QString ("%1").arg ((qulonglong) mMainWindow->winId()));
|
---|
5136 |
|
---|
5137 | if (mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
5138 | {
|
---|
5139 | /* We've got the "mutex", create a new update dialog */
|
---|
5140 | VBoxUpdateDlg *dlg = new VBoxUpdateDlg (&mUpdDlg, aForce, 0);
|
---|
5141 | dlg->setAttribute (Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose);
|
---|
5142 | Assert (dlg == mUpdDlg);
|
---|
5143 |
|
---|
5144 | /* Update dialog always in background mode for now.
|
---|
5145 | * if (!aForce && isAutomatic) */
|
---|
5146 | mUpdDlg->search();
|
---|
5147 | /* else mUpdDlg->show(); */
|
---|
5148 | }
|
---|
5149 | }
|
---|
5150 | }
|
---|
5151 |
|
---|
5152 | // Protected members
|
---|
5153 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
5154 |
|
---|
5155 | bool VBoxGlobal::event (QEvent *e)
|
---|
5156 | {
|
---|
5157 | switch (e->type())
|
---|
5158 | {
|
---|
5159 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
5160 | case VBoxDefs::ShellExecuteEventType:
|
---|
5161 | {
|
---|
5162 | VBoxShellExecuteEvent *ev = (VBoxShellExecuteEvent *) e;
|
---|
5163 | if (!ev->mOk)
|
---|
5164 | vboxProblem().cannotOpenURL (ev->mURL);
|
---|
5165 | /* wait for the thread and free resources */
|
---|
5166 | ev->mThread->wait();
|
---|
5167 | delete ev->mThread;
|
---|
5168 | return true;
|
---|
5169 | }
|
---|
5170 | #endif
|
---|
5171 |
|
---|
5172 | case VBoxDefs::AsyncEventType:
|
---|
5173 | {
|
---|
5174 | VBoxAsyncEvent *ev = (VBoxAsyncEvent *) e;
|
---|
5175 | ev->handle();
|
---|
5176 | return true;
|
---|
5177 | }
|
---|
5178 |
|
---|
5179 | case VBoxDefs::MediaEnumEventType:
|
---|
5180 | {
|
---|
5181 | VBoxMediaEnumEvent *ev = (VBoxMediaEnumEvent*) e;
|
---|
5182 |
|
---|
5183 | if (!ev->mLast)
|
---|
5184 | {
|
---|
5185 | if (ev->mMedium.state() == KMediaState_Inaccessible &&
|
---|
5186 | !ev->mMedium.result().isOk())
|
---|
5187 | vboxProblem().cannotGetMediaAccessibility (ev->mMedium);
|
---|
5188 | Assert (ev->mIterator != mMediaList.end());
|
---|
5189 | *(ev->mIterator) = ev->mMedium;
|
---|
5190 | emit mediumEnumerated (*ev->mIterator);
|
---|
5191 | ++ ev->mIterator;
|
---|
5192 | }
|
---|
5193 | else
|
---|
5194 | {
|
---|
5195 | /* the thread has posted the last message, wait for termination */
|
---|
5196 | mMediaEnumThread->wait();
|
---|
5197 | delete mMediaEnumThread;
|
---|
5198 | mMediaEnumThread = 0;
|
---|
5199 | emit mediumEnumFinished (mMediaList);
|
---|
5200 | }
|
---|
5201 |
|
---|
5202 | return true;
|
---|
5203 | }
|
---|
5204 |
|
---|
5205 | /* VirtualBox callback events */
|
---|
5206 |
|
---|
5207 | case VBoxDefs::MachineStateChangeEventType:
|
---|
5208 | {
|
---|
5209 | emit machineStateChanged (*(VBoxMachineStateChangeEvent *) e);
|
---|
5210 | return true;
|
---|
5211 | }
|
---|
5212 | case VBoxDefs::MachineDataChangeEventType:
|
---|
5213 | {
|
---|
5214 | emit machineDataChanged (*(VBoxMachineDataChangeEvent *) e);
|
---|
5215 | return true;
|
---|
5216 | }
|
---|
5217 | case VBoxDefs::MachineRegisteredEventType:
|
---|
5218 | {
|
---|
5219 | emit machineRegistered (*(VBoxMachineRegisteredEvent *) e);
|
---|
5220 | return true;
|
---|
5221 | }
|
---|
5222 | case VBoxDefs::SessionStateChangeEventType:
|
---|
5223 | {
|
---|
5224 | emit sessionStateChanged (*(VBoxSessionStateChangeEvent *) e);
|
---|
5225 | return true;
|
---|
5226 | }
|
---|
5227 | case VBoxDefs::SnapshotEventType:
|
---|
5228 | {
|
---|
5229 | emit snapshotChanged (*(VBoxSnapshotEvent *) e);
|
---|
5230 | return true;
|
---|
5231 | }
|
---|
5232 | case VBoxDefs::CanShowRegDlgEventType:
|
---|
5233 | {
|
---|
5234 | emit canShowRegDlg (((VBoxCanShowRegDlgEvent *) e)->mCanShow);
|
---|
5235 | return true;
|
---|
5236 | }
|
---|
5237 | case VBoxDefs::CanShowUpdDlgEventType:
|
---|
5238 | {
|
---|
5239 | emit canShowUpdDlg (((VBoxCanShowUpdDlgEvent *) e)->mCanShow);
|
---|
5240 | return true;
|
---|
5241 | }
|
---|
5242 | case VBoxDefs::ChangeGUILanguageEventType:
|
---|
5243 | {
|
---|
5244 | loadLanguage (static_cast<VBoxChangeGUILanguageEvent*> (e)->mLangId);
|
---|
5245 | return true;
|
---|
5246 | }
|
---|
5247 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
5248 | case VBoxDefs::MainWindowCountChangeEventType:
|
---|
5249 |
|
---|
5250 | emit mainWindowCountChanged (*(VBoxMainWindowCountChangeEvent *) e);
|
---|
5251 | return true;
|
---|
5252 |
|
---|
5253 | case VBoxDefs::CanShowTrayIconEventType:
|
---|
5254 | {
|
---|
5255 | emit trayIconCanShow (*(VBoxCanShowTrayIconEvent *) e);
|
---|
5256 | return true;
|
---|
5257 | }
|
---|
5258 | case VBoxDefs::ShowTrayIconEventType:
|
---|
5259 | {
|
---|
5260 | emit trayIconShow (*(VBoxShowTrayIconEvent *) e);
|
---|
5261 | return true;
|
---|
5262 | }
|
---|
5263 | case VBoxDefs::TrayIconChangeEventType:
|
---|
5264 | {
|
---|
5265 | emit trayIconChanged (*(VBoxChangeTrayIconEvent *) e);
|
---|
5266 | return true;
|
---|
5267 | }
|
---|
5268 | #endif
|
---|
5269 | #if defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
---|
5270 | case VBoxDefs::ChangeDockIconUpdateEventType:
|
---|
5271 | {
|
---|
5272 | emit dockIconUpdateChanged (*(VBoxChangeDockIconUpdateEvent *) e);
|
---|
5273 | return true;
|
---|
5274 | }
|
---|
5275 | #endif
|
---|
5276 | default:
|
---|
5277 | break;
|
---|
5278 | }
|
---|
5279 |
|
---|
5280 | return QObject::event (e);
|
---|
5281 | }
|
---|
5282 |
|
---|
5283 | bool VBoxGlobal::eventFilter (QObject *aObject, QEvent *aEvent)
|
---|
5284 | {
|
---|
5285 | if (aEvent->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange &&
|
---|
5286 | aObject->isWidgetType() &&
|
---|
5287 | static_cast <QWidget *> (aObject)->isTopLevel())
|
---|
5288 | {
|
---|
5289 | /* Catch the language change event before any other widget gets it in
|
---|
5290 | * order to invalidate cached string resources (like the details view
|
---|
5291 | * templates) that may be used by other widgets. */
|
---|
5292 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
---|
5293 | if (list.first() == aObject)
|
---|
5294 | {
|
---|
5295 | /* call this only once per every language change (see
|
---|
5296 | * QApplication::installTranslator() for details) */
|
---|
5297 | retranslateUi();
|
---|
5298 | }
|
---|
5299 | }
|
---|
5300 |
|
---|
5301 | return QObject::eventFilter (aObject, aEvent);
|
---|
5302 | }
|
---|
5303 |
|
---|
5304 | // Private members
|
---|
5305 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
---|
5306 |
|
---|
5307 | void VBoxGlobal::init()
|
---|
5308 | {
|
---|
5309 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
5310 | verString += " [DEBUG]";
|
---|
5311 | #endif
|
---|
5312 |
|
---|
5313 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
5314 | /* COM for the main thread is initialized in main() */
|
---|
5315 | #else
|
---|
5316 | HRESULT rc = COMBase::InitializeCOM();
|
---|
5317 | if (FAILED (rc))
|
---|
5318 | {
|
---|
5319 | vboxProblem().cannotInitCOM (rc);
|
---|
5320 | return;
|
---|
5321 | }
|
---|
5322 | #endif
|
---|
5323 |
|
---|
5324 | mVBox.createInstance (CLSID_VirtualBox);
|
---|
5325 | if (!mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
5326 | {
|
---|
5327 | vboxProblem().cannotCreateVirtualBox (mVBox);
|
---|
5328 | return;
|
---|
5329 | }
|
---|
5330 |
|
---|
5331 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
5332 | /* Increase open Fe/Qt4 windows reference count. */
|
---|
5333 | int c = mVBox.GetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_MainWindowCount).toInt() + 1;
|
---|
5334 | AssertMsg ((c>=0) || (mVBox.isOk()),
|
---|
5335 | ("Something went wrong with the window reference count!"));
|
---|
5336 | mVBox.SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_MainWindowCount, QString ("%1").arg (c));
|
---|
5337 | #endif
|
---|
5338 |
|
---|
5339 | /* Initialize guest OS Type list */
|
---|
5340 | CGuestOSTypeCollection coll = mVBox.GetGuestOSTypes();
|
---|
5341 | int osTypeCount = coll.GetCount();
|
---|
5342 | AssertMsg (osTypeCount > 0, ("Number of OS types must not be zero"));
|
---|
5343 | if (osTypeCount > 0)
|
---|
5344 | {
|
---|
5345 | CGuestOSTypeEnumerator en = coll.Enumerate();
|
---|
5346 |
|
---|
5347 | /* Here we assume 'Other' type is always the first, so we
|
---|
5348 | * remember it and will append it to the list when finish */
|
---|
5349 | CGuestOSType otherType (en.GetNext());
|
---|
5350 | QString otherFamilyId (otherType.GetFamilyId());
|
---|
5351 |
|
---|
5352 | /* Fill the lists with all the available OS Types except
|
---|
5353 | * the 'Other' one type, it will be appended. */
|
---|
5354 | while (en.HasMore())
|
---|
5355 | {
|
---|
5356 | CGuestOSType os (en.GetNext());
|
---|
5357 | QString familyId (os.GetFamilyId());
|
---|
5358 | if (!mFamilyIDs.contains (familyId))
|
---|
5359 | {
|
---|
5360 | mFamilyIDs << familyId;
|
---|
5361 | mTypes << QList <CGuestOSType> ();
|
---|
5362 | }
|
---|
5363 | mTypes [mFamilyIDs.indexOf (familyId)].append (os);
|
---|
5364 | }
|
---|
5365 |
|
---|
5366 | /* Append the 'Other' OS Type to the end of list */
|
---|
5367 | if (!mFamilyIDs.contains (otherFamilyId))
|
---|
5368 | {
|
---|
5369 | mFamilyIDs << otherFamilyId;
|
---|
5370 | mTypes << QList <CGuestOSType> ();
|
---|
5371 | }
|
---|
5372 | mTypes [mFamilyIDs.indexOf (otherFamilyId)].append (otherType);
|
---|
5373 | }
|
---|
5374 |
|
---|
5375 | /* Fill in OS type icon dictionary */
|
---|
5376 | static const char *kOSTypeIcons [][2] =
|
---|
5377 | {
|
---|
5378 | {"Other", ":/os_other.png"},
|
---|
5379 | {"DOS", ":/os_dos.png"},
|
---|
5380 | {"Netware", ":/os_netware.png"},
|
---|
5381 | {"L4", ":/os_l4.png"},
|
---|
5382 | {"Windows31", ":/os_win31.png"},
|
---|
5383 | {"Windows95", ":/os_win95.png"},
|
---|
5384 | {"Windows98", ":/os_win98.png"},
|
---|
5385 | {"WindowsMe", ":/os_winme.png"},
|
---|
5386 | {"WindowsNT4", ":/os_winnt4.png"},
|
---|
5387 | {"Windows2000", ":/os_win2k.png"},
|
---|
5388 | {"WindowsXP", ":/os_winxp.png"},
|
---|
5389 | {"WindowsXP_64", ":/os_winxp_64.png"},
|
---|
5390 | {"Windows2003", ":/os_win2k3.png"},
|
---|
5391 | {"Windows2003_64", ":/os_win2k3_64.png"},
|
---|
5392 | {"WindowsVista", ":/os_winvista.png"},
|
---|
5393 | {"WindowsVista_64", ":/os_winvista_64.png"},
|
---|
5394 | {"Windows2008", ":/os_win2k8.png"},
|
---|
5395 | {"Windows2008_64", ":/os_win2k8_64.png"},
|
---|
5396 | {"WindowsNT", ":/os_win_other.png"},
|
---|
5397 | {"OS2Warp3", ":/os_os2warp3.png"},
|
---|
5398 | {"OS2Warp4", ":/os_os2warp4.png"},
|
---|
5399 | {"OS2Warp45", ":/os_os2warp45.png"},
|
---|
5400 | {"OS2eCS", ":/os_os2ecs.png"},
|
---|
5401 | {"OS2", ":/os_os2_other.png"},
|
---|
5402 | {"Linux22", ":/os_linux22.png"},
|
---|
5403 | {"Linux24", ":/os_linux24.png"},
|
---|
5404 | {"Linux24_64", ":/os_linux24_64.png"},
|
---|
5405 | {"Linux26", ":/os_linux26.png"},
|
---|
5406 | {"Linux26_64", ":/os_linux26_64.png"},
|
---|
5407 | {"ArchLinux", ":/os_archlinux.png"},
|
---|
5408 | {"ArchLinux_64", ":/os_archlinux_64.png"},
|
---|
5409 | {"Debian", ":/os_debian.png"},
|
---|
5410 | {"Debian_64", ":/os_debian_64.png"},
|
---|
5411 | {"OpenSUSE", ":/os_opensuse.png"},
|
---|
5412 | {"OpenSUSE_64", ":/os_opensuse_64.png"},
|
---|
5413 | {"Fedora", ":/os_fedora.png"},
|
---|
5414 | {"Fedora_64", ":/os_fedora_64.png"},
|
---|
5415 | {"Gentoo", ":/os_gentoo.png"},
|
---|
5416 | {"Gentoo_64", ":/os_gentoo_64.png"},
|
---|
5417 | {"Mandriva", ":/os_mandriva.png"},
|
---|
5418 | {"Mandriva_64", ":/os_mandriva_64.png"},
|
---|
5419 | {"RedHat", ":/os_redhat.png"},
|
---|
5420 | {"RedHat_64", ":/os_redhat_64.png"},
|
---|
5421 | {"Ubuntu", ":/os_ubuntu.png"},
|
---|
5422 | {"Ubuntu_64", ":/os_ubuntu_64.png"},
|
---|
5423 | {"Xandros", ":/os_xandros.png"},
|
---|
5424 | {"Xandros_64", ":/os_xandros_64.png"},
|
---|
5425 | {"Linux", ":/os_linux_other.png"},
|
---|
5426 | {"FreeBSD", ":/os_freebsd.png"},
|
---|
5427 | {"FreeBSD_64", ":/os_freebsd_64.png"},
|
---|
5428 | {"OpenBSD", ":/os_openbsd.png"},
|
---|
5429 | {"OpenBSD_64", ":/os_openbsd_64.png"},
|
---|
5430 | {"NetBSD", ":/os_netbsd.png"},
|
---|
5431 | {"NetBSD_64", ":/os_netbsd_64.png"},
|
---|
5432 | {"Solaris", ":/os_solaris.png"},
|
---|
5433 | {"Solaris_64", ":/os_solaris_64.png"},
|
---|
5434 | {"OpenSolaris", ":/os_opensolaris.png"},
|
---|
5435 | {"OpenSolaris_64", ":/os_opensolaris_64.png"},
|
---|
5436 | {"QNX", ":/os_other.png"},
|
---|
5437 | };
|
---|
5438 | for (uint n = 0; n < SIZEOF_ARRAY (kOSTypeIcons); ++ n)
|
---|
5439 | {
|
---|
5440 | mOsTypeIcons.insert (kOSTypeIcons [n][0],
|
---|
5441 | new QPixmap (kOSTypeIcons [n][1]));
|
---|
5442 | }
|
---|
5443 |
|
---|
5444 | /* fill in VM state icon dictionary */
|
---|
5445 | static struct
|
---|
5446 | {
|
---|
5447 | KMachineState state;
|
---|
5448 | const char *name;
|
---|
5449 | }
|
---|
5450 | vmStateIcons[] =
|
---|
5451 | {
|
---|
5452 | {KMachineState_Null, NULL},
|
---|
5453 | {KMachineState_PoweredOff, ":/state_powered_off_16px.png"},
|
---|
5454 | {KMachineState_Saved, ":/state_saved_16px.png"},
|
---|
5455 | {KMachineState_Aborted, ":/state_aborted_16px.png"},
|
---|
5456 | {KMachineState_Running, ":/state_running_16px.png"},
|
---|
5457 | {KMachineState_Paused, ":/state_paused_16px.png"},
|
---|
5458 | {KMachineState_Stuck, ":/state_stuck_16px.png"},
|
---|
5459 | {KMachineState_Starting, ":/state_running_16px.png"}, /// @todo (dmik) separate icon?
|
---|
5460 | {KMachineState_Stopping, ":/state_running_16px.png"}, /// @todo (dmik) separate icon?
|
---|
5461 | {KMachineState_Saving, ":/state_saving_16px.png"},
|
---|
5462 | {KMachineState_Restoring, ":/state_restoring_16px.png"},
|
---|
5463 | {KMachineState_Discarding, ":/state_discarding_16px.png"},
|
---|
5464 | {KMachineState_SettingUp, ":/settings_16px.png"},
|
---|
5465 | };
|
---|
5466 | for (uint n = 0; n < SIZEOF_ARRAY (vmStateIcons); n ++)
|
---|
5467 | {
|
---|
5468 | mStateIcons.insert (vmStateIcons [n].state,
|
---|
5469 | new QPixmap (vmStateIcons [n].name));
|
---|
5470 | }
|
---|
5471 |
|
---|
5472 | /* online/offline snapshot icons */
|
---|
5473 | mOfflineSnapshotIcon = QPixmap (":/offline_snapshot_16px.png");
|
---|
5474 | mOnlineSnapshotIcon = QPixmap (":/online_snapshot_16px.png");
|
---|
5475 |
|
---|
5476 | /* initialize state colors vector */
|
---|
5477 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Null, new QColor(Qt::red));
|
---|
5478 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_PoweredOff, new QColor(Qt::gray));
|
---|
5479 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Saved, new QColor(Qt::yellow));
|
---|
5480 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Aborted, new QColor(Qt::darkRed));
|
---|
5481 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Running, new QColor(Qt::green));
|
---|
5482 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Paused, new QColor(Qt::darkGreen));
|
---|
5483 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Stuck, new QColor(Qt::darkMagenta));
|
---|
5484 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Starting, new QColor(Qt::green));
|
---|
5485 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Stopping, new QColor(Qt::green));
|
---|
5486 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Saving, new QColor(Qt::green));
|
---|
5487 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Restoring, new QColor(Qt::green));
|
---|
5488 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_Discarding, new QColor(Qt::green));
|
---|
5489 | vm_state_color.insert (KMachineState_SettingUp, new QColor(Qt::green));
|
---|
5490 |
|
---|
5491 | qApp->installEventFilter (this);
|
---|
5492 |
|
---|
5493 | /* create default non-null global settings */
|
---|
5494 | gset = VBoxGlobalSettings (false);
|
---|
5495 |
|
---|
5496 | /* try to load global settings */
|
---|
5497 | gset.load (mVBox);
|
---|
5498 | if (!mVBox.isOk() || !gset)
|
---|
5499 | {
|
---|
5500 | vboxProblem().cannotLoadGlobalConfig (mVBox, gset.lastError());
|
---|
5501 | return;
|
---|
5502 | }
|
---|
5503 |
|
---|
5504 | /* Load customized language if any */
|
---|
5505 | QString languageId = gset.languageId();
|
---|
5506 | if (!languageId.isNull())
|
---|
5507 | loadLanguage (languageId);
|
---|
5508 |
|
---|
5509 | retranslateUi();
|
---|
5510 |
|
---|
5511 | /* process command line */
|
---|
5512 |
|
---|
5513 | vm_render_mode_str = 0;
|
---|
5514 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_DEBUGGER_GUI
|
---|
5515 | # ifdef VBOX_WITH_DEBUGGER_GUI_MENU
|
---|
5516 | mDbgEnabled = true;
|
---|
5517 | # else
|
---|
5518 | mDbgEnabled = RTEnvExist("VBOX_GUI_DBG_ENABLED");
|
---|
5519 | # endif
|
---|
5520 | mDbgAutoShow = RTEnvExist("VBOX_GUI_DBG_AUTO_SHOW");
|
---|
5521 | #endif
|
---|
5522 |
|
---|
5523 | int argc = qApp->argc();
|
---|
5524 | int i = 1;
|
---|
5525 | while (i < argc)
|
---|
5526 | {
|
---|
5527 | const char *arg = qApp->argv() [i];
|
---|
5528 | if ( !::strcmp (arg, "-startvm"))
|
---|
5529 | {
|
---|
5530 | if (++i < argc)
|
---|
5531 | {
|
---|
5532 | QString param = QString (qApp->argv() [i]);
|
---|
5533 | QUuid uuid = QUuid (param);
|
---|
5534 | if (!uuid.isNull())
|
---|
5535 | {
|
---|
5536 | vmUuid = uuid;
|
---|
5537 | }
|
---|
5538 | else
|
---|
5539 | {
|
---|
5540 | CMachine m = mVBox.FindMachine (param);
|
---|
5541 | if (m.isNull())
|
---|
5542 | {
|
---|
5543 | vboxProblem().cannotFindMachineByName (mVBox, param);
|
---|
5544 | return;
|
---|
5545 | }
|
---|
5546 | vmUuid = m.GetId();
|
---|
5547 | }
|
---|
5548 | }
|
---|
5549 | }
|
---|
5550 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
5551 | else if (!::strcmp (arg, "-systray"))
|
---|
5552 | {
|
---|
5553 | mIsTrayMenu = true;
|
---|
5554 | }
|
---|
5555 | #endif
|
---|
5556 | else if (!::strcmp (arg, "-comment"))
|
---|
5557 | {
|
---|
5558 | ++i;
|
---|
5559 | }
|
---|
5560 | else if (!::strcmp (arg, "-rmode"))
|
---|
5561 | {
|
---|
5562 | if (++i < argc)
|
---|
5563 | vm_render_mode_str = qApp->argv() [i];
|
---|
5564 | }
|
---|
5565 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_DEBUGGER_GUI
|
---|
5566 | else if (!::strcmp (arg, "-dbg") || !::strcmp (arg, "--dbg"))
|
---|
5567 | {
|
---|
5568 | mDbgEnabled = true;
|
---|
5569 | }
|
---|
5570 | else if (!::strcmp( arg, "-debug") || !::strcmp( arg, "--debug"))
|
---|
5571 | {
|
---|
5572 | mDbgEnabled = true;
|
---|
5573 | mDbgAutoShow = true;
|
---|
5574 | }
|
---|
5575 | else if (!::strcmp (arg, "-no-debug") || !::strcmp (arg, "--no-debug"))
|
---|
5576 | {
|
---|
5577 | mDbgEnabled = false;
|
---|
5578 | mDbgAutoShow = false;
|
---|
5579 | }
|
---|
5580 | #endif
|
---|
5581 | /** @todo add an else { msgbox(syntax error); exit(1); } here, pretty please... */
|
---|
5582 | i++;
|
---|
5583 | }
|
---|
5584 |
|
---|
5585 | vm_render_mode = vboxGetRenderMode( vm_render_mode_str );
|
---|
5586 |
|
---|
5587 | /* setup the callback */
|
---|
5588 | callback = CVirtualBoxCallback (new VBoxCallback (*this));
|
---|
5589 | mVBox.RegisterCallback (callback);
|
---|
5590 | AssertWrapperOk (mVBox);
|
---|
5591 | if (!mVBox.isOk())
|
---|
5592 | return;
|
---|
5593 |
|
---|
5594 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_DEBUGGER_GUI
|
---|
5595 | /* setup the debugger gui. */
|
---|
5596 | if (RTEnvExist("VBOX_GUI_NO_DEBUGGER"))
|
---|
5597 | mDbgEnabled = mDbgAutoShow = false;
|
---|
5598 | if (mDbgEnabled)
|
---|
5599 | {
|
---|
5600 | int rc = SUPR3HardenedLdrLoadAppPriv("VBoxDbg", &mhVBoxDbg);
|
---|
5601 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5602 | {
|
---|
5603 | mhVBoxDbg = NIL_RTLDRMOD;
|
---|
5604 | mDbgAutoShow = false;
|
---|
5605 | LogRel(("Failed to load VBoxDbg, rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5606 | }
|
---|
5607 | }
|
---|
5608 | #endif
|
---|
5609 |
|
---|
5610 | mValid = true;
|
---|
5611 | }
|
---|
5612 |
|
---|
5613 | /** @internal
|
---|
5614 | *
|
---|
5615 | * This method should be never called directly. It is called automatically
|
---|
5616 | * when the application terminates.
|
---|
5617 | */
|
---|
5618 | void VBoxGlobal::cleanup()
|
---|
5619 | {
|
---|
5620 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5621 | if (!sVBoxGlobalInCleanup)
|
---|
5622 | {
|
---|
5623 | AssertMsgFailed (("Should never be called directly\n"));
|
---|
5624 | return;
|
---|
5625 | }
|
---|
5626 |
|
---|
5627 | if (!callback.isNull())
|
---|
5628 | {
|
---|
5629 | mVBox.UnregisterCallback (callback);
|
---|
5630 | AssertWrapperOk (mVBox);
|
---|
5631 | callback.detach();
|
---|
5632 | }
|
---|
5633 |
|
---|
5634 | if (mMediaEnumThread)
|
---|
5635 | {
|
---|
5636 | /* sVBoxGlobalInCleanup is true here, so just wait for the thread */
|
---|
5637 | mMediaEnumThread->wait();
|
---|
5638 | delete mMediaEnumThread;
|
---|
5639 | mMediaEnumThread = 0;
|
---|
5640 | }
|
---|
5641 |
|
---|
5642 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_REGISTRATION
|
---|
5643 | if (mRegDlg)
|
---|
5644 | mRegDlg->close();
|
---|
5645 | #endif
|
---|
5646 |
|
---|
5647 | if (mConsoleWnd)
|
---|
5648 | delete mConsoleWnd;
|
---|
5649 | if (mSelectorWnd)
|
---|
5650 | delete mSelectorWnd;
|
---|
5651 |
|
---|
5652 | #ifdef VBOX_GUI_WITH_SYSTRAY
|
---|
5653 | /* Decrease open Fe/Qt4 windows reference count. */
|
---|
5654 | int c = mVBox.GetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_MainWindowCount).toInt() - 1;
|
---|
5655 | AssertMsg ((c>=0) || (mVBox.isOk()),
|
---|
5656 | ("Something went wrong with the window reference count!"));
|
---|
5657 | if (c < 0)
|
---|
5658 | c = 0; /* Clean up the mess. */
|
---|
5659 | mVBox.SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_MainWindowCount, (c > 0) ? QString ("%1").arg (c) : NULL);
|
---|
5660 | if (c == 0)
|
---|
5661 | mVBox.SetExtraData (VBoxDefs::GUI_TrayIconWinID, NULL);
|
---|
5662 | #endif
|
---|
5663 |
|
---|
5664 | /* ensure CGuestOSType objects are no longer used */
|
---|
5665 | mFamilyIDs.clear();
|
---|
5666 | mTypes.clear();
|
---|
5667 |
|
---|
5668 | /* media list contains a lot of CUUnknown, release them */
|
---|
5669 | mMediaList.clear();
|
---|
5670 | /* the last step to ensure we don't use COM any more */
|
---|
5671 | mVBox.detach();
|
---|
5672 |
|
---|
5673 | /* There may be VBoxMediaEnumEvent instances still in the message
|
---|
5674 | * queue which reference COM objects. Remove them to release those objects
|
---|
5675 | * before uninitializing the COM subsystem. */
|
---|
5676 | QApplication::removePostedEvents (this);
|
---|
5677 |
|
---|
5678 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
5679 | /* COM for the main thread is shutdown in main() */
|
---|
5680 | #else
|
---|
5681 | COMBase::CleanupCOM();
|
---|
5682 | #endif
|
---|
5683 |
|
---|
5684 | mValid = false;
|
---|
5685 | }
|
---|
5686 |
|
---|
5687 | /** @fn vboxGlobal
|
---|
5688 | *
|
---|
5689 | * Shortcut to the static VBoxGlobal::instance() method, for convenience.
|
---|
5690 | */
|
---|
5691 |
|
---|
5692 |
|
---|
5693 | /**
|
---|
5694 | * USB Popup Menu class methods
|
---|
5695 | * This class provides the list of USB devices attached to the host.
|
---|
5696 | */
|
---|
5697 | VBoxUSBMenu::VBoxUSBMenu (QWidget *aParent) : QMenu (aParent)
|
---|
5698 | {
|
---|
5699 | connect (this, SIGNAL (aboutToShow()),
|
---|
5700 | this, SLOT (processAboutToShow()));
|
---|
5701 | // connect (this, SIGNAL (hovered (QAction *)),
|
---|
5702 | // this, SLOT (processHighlighted (QAction *)));
|
---|
5703 | }
|
---|
5704 |
|
---|
5705 | const CUSBDevice& VBoxUSBMenu::getUSB (QAction *aAction)
|
---|
5706 | {
|
---|
5707 | return mUSBDevicesMap [aAction];
|
---|
5708 | }
|
---|
5709 |
|
---|
5710 | void VBoxUSBMenu::setConsole (const CConsole &aConsole)
|
---|
5711 | {
|
---|
5712 | mConsole = aConsole;
|
---|
5713 | }
|
---|
5714 |
|
---|
5715 | void VBoxUSBMenu::processAboutToShow()
|
---|
5716 | {
|
---|
5717 | clear();
|
---|
5718 | mUSBDevicesMap.clear();
|
---|
5719 |
|
---|
5720 | CHost host = vboxGlobal().virtualBox().GetHost();
|
---|
5721 |
|
---|
5722 | bool isUSBEmpty = host.GetUSBDevices().GetCount() == 0;
|
---|
5723 | if (isUSBEmpty)
|
---|
5724 | {
|
---|
5725 | QAction *action = addAction (tr ("<no available devices>", "USB devices"));
|
---|
5726 | action->setEnabled (false);
|
---|
5727 | action->setToolTip (tr ("No supported devices connected to the host PC",
|
---|
5728 | "USB device tooltip"));
|
---|
5729 | }
|
---|
5730 | else
|
---|
5731 | {
|
---|
5732 | CHostUSBDeviceEnumerator en = host.GetUSBDevices().Enumerate();
|
---|
5733 | while (en.HasMore())
|
---|
5734 | {
|
---|
5735 | CHostUSBDevice dev = en.GetNext();
|
---|
5736 | CUSBDevice usb (dev);
|
---|
5737 | QAction *action = addAction (vboxGlobal().details (usb));
|
---|
5738 | action->setCheckable (true);
|
---|
5739 | mUSBDevicesMap [action] = usb;
|
---|
5740 | /* check if created item was alread attached to this session */
|
---|
5741 | if (!mConsole.isNull())
|
---|
5742 | {
|
---|
5743 | CUSBDevice attachedUSB =
|
---|
5744 | mConsole.GetUSBDevices().FindById (usb.GetId());
|
---|
5745 | action->setChecked (!attachedUSB.isNull());
|
---|
5746 | action->setEnabled (dev.GetState() !=
|
---|
5747 | KUSBDeviceState_Unavailable);
|
---|
5748 | }
|
---|
5749 | }
|
---|
5750 | }
|
---|
5751 | }
|
---|
5752 |
|
---|
5753 | bool VBoxUSBMenu::event(QEvent *aEvent)
|
---|
5754 | {
|
---|
5755 | /* We provide dynamic tooltips for the usb devices */
|
---|
5756 | if (aEvent->type() == QEvent::ToolTip)
|
---|
5757 | {
|
---|
5758 | QHelpEvent *helpEvent = static_cast<QHelpEvent *> (aEvent);
|
---|
5759 | QAction *action = actionAt (helpEvent->pos());
|
---|
5760 | if (action)
|
---|
5761 | {
|
---|
5762 | CUSBDevice usb = mUSBDevicesMap [action];
|
---|
5763 | if (!usb.isNull())
|
---|
5764 | {
|
---|
5765 | QToolTip::showText (helpEvent->globalPos(), vboxGlobal().toolTip (usb));
|
---|
5766 | return true;
|
---|
5767 | }
|
---|
5768 | }
|
---|
5769 | }
|
---|
5770 | return QMenu::event (aEvent);
|
---|
5771 | }
|
---|
5772 |
|
---|
5773 | /**
|
---|
5774 | * Enable/Disable Menu class.
|
---|
5775 | * This class provides enable/disable menu items.
|
---|
5776 | */
|
---|
5777 | VBoxSwitchMenu::VBoxSwitchMenu (QWidget *aParent, QAction *aAction,
|
---|
5778 | bool aInverted)
|
---|
5779 | : QMenu (aParent), mAction (aAction), mInverted (aInverted)
|
---|
5780 | {
|
---|
5781 | /* this menu works only with toggle action */
|
---|
5782 | Assert (aAction->isCheckable());
|
---|
5783 | addAction(aAction);
|
---|
5784 | connect (this, SIGNAL (aboutToShow()),
|
---|
5785 | this, SLOT (processAboutToShow()));
|
---|
5786 | }
|
---|
5787 |
|
---|
5788 | void VBoxSwitchMenu::setToolTip (const QString &aTip)
|
---|
5789 | {
|
---|
5790 | mAction->setToolTip (aTip);
|
---|
5791 | }
|
---|
5792 |
|
---|
5793 | void VBoxSwitchMenu::processAboutToShow()
|
---|
5794 | {
|
---|
5795 | QString text = mAction->isChecked() ^ mInverted ? tr ("Disable") : tr ("Enable");
|
---|
5796 | mAction->setText (text);
|
---|
5797 | }
|
---|
5798 |
|
---|